From 540365819e12763d87d8fd60afe688476b502b1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: nobody Date: Tue, 6 Sep 2005 17:32:54 +0000 Subject: This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'gdl-gtk'. svn path=/branches/gdl-gtk/; revision=3757 --- .cvsignore | 14 - AUTHORS | 0 ChangeLog | 735 ---------------------- MAINTAINERS | 1 - Makefile.am | 5 - NEWS | 0 README | 35 -- autogen.sh | 19 - configure.in | 17 - doc-build/.cvsignore | 3 - doc-build/Makefile.am | 12 - doc-build/README | 9 - doc-build/gnome-doc-common.in | 48 -- doc-build/omf.make | 61 -- doc-build/xmldocs.make | 101 --- doc/.cvsignore | 2 - doc/usage.txt | 40 -- gnome-common.spec.in | 39 -- intl/.cvsignore | 4 - intl/ChangeLog | 4 - intl/Makefile.in | 313 --------- intl/README.cvs-commits | 13 - intl/VERSION | 1 - intl/bindtextdom.c | 369 ----------- intl/cat-compat.c | 262 -------- intl/config.charset | 438 ------------- intl/dcgettext.c | 58 -- intl/dcigettext.c | 1259 ------------------------------------- intl/dcngettext.c | 60 -- intl/dgettext.c | 59 -- intl/dngettext.c | 61 -- intl/explodename.c | 192 ------ intl/finddomain.c | 198 ------ intl/gettext.c | 64 -- intl/gettext.h | 102 --- intl/gettextP.h | 252 -------- intl/hash-string.h | 59 -- intl/intl-compat.c | 166 ----- intl/intlh.inst.in | 111 ---- intl/l10nflist.c | 405 ------------ intl/libgettext.h | 49 -- intl/libgnuintl.h | 128 ---- intl/libintl.glibc | 111 ---- intl/linux-msg.sed | 100 --- intl/loadinfo.h | 109 ---- intl/loadmsgcat.c | 567 ----------------- intl/localcharset.c | 271 -------- intl/locale.alias | 78 --- intl/localealias.c | 404 ------------ intl/ngettext.c | 68 -- intl/plural.c | 1326 --------------------------------------- intl/plural.y | 413 ------------ intl/po2tbl.sed.in | 102 --- intl/ref-add.sin | 31 - intl/ref-del.sin | 26 - intl/textdomain.c | 142 ----- intl/xopen-msg.sed | 104 --- macros2/.cvsignore | 4 - macros2/Makefile.am | 12 - macros2/README.cvs-commits | 13 - macros2/gnome-autogen.sh | 468 -------------- macros2/gnome-common.m4 | 47 -- macros2/gnome-compiler-flags.m4 | 141 ----- 63 files changed, 10305 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 .cvsignore delete mode 100644 AUTHORS delete mode 100644 ChangeLog delete mode 100644 MAINTAINERS delete mode 100644 Makefile.am delete mode 100644 NEWS delete mode 100644 README delete mode 100755 autogen.sh delete mode 100644 configure.in delete mode 100644 doc-build/.cvsignore delete mode 100644 doc-build/Makefile.am delete mode 100644 doc-build/README delete mode 100644 doc-build/gnome-doc-common.in delete mode 100644 doc-build/omf.make delete mode 100644 doc-build/xmldocs.make delete mode 100644 doc/.cvsignore delete mode 100644 doc/usage.txt delete mode 100644 gnome-common.spec.in delete mode 100644 intl/.cvsignore delete mode 100644 intl/ChangeLog delete mode 100644 intl/Makefile.in delete mode 100644 intl/README.cvs-commits delete mode 100644 intl/VERSION delete mode 100644 intl/bindtextdom.c delete mode 100644 intl/cat-compat.c delete mode 100755 intl/config.charset delete mode 100644 intl/dcgettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/dcigettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/dcngettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/dgettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/dngettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/explodename.c delete mode 100644 intl/finddomain.c delete mode 100644 intl/gettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/gettext.h delete mode 100644 intl/gettextP.h delete mode 100644 intl/hash-string.h delete mode 100644 intl/intl-compat.c delete mode 100644 intl/intlh.inst.in delete mode 100644 intl/l10nflist.c delete mode 100644 intl/libgettext.h delete mode 100644 intl/libgnuintl.h delete mode 100644 intl/libintl.glibc delete mode 100644 intl/linux-msg.sed delete mode 100644 intl/loadinfo.h delete mode 100644 intl/loadmsgcat.c delete mode 100644 intl/localcharset.c delete mode 100644 intl/locale.alias delete mode 100644 intl/localealias.c delete mode 100644 intl/ngettext.c delete mode 100644 intl/plural.c delete mode 100644 intl/plural.y delete mode 100644 intl/po2tbl.sed.in delete mode 100644 intl/ref-add.sin delete mode 100644 intl/ref-del.sin delete mode 100644 intl/textdomain.c delete mode 100644 intl/xopen-msg.sed delete mode 100644 macros2/.cvsignore delete mode 100644 macros2/Makefile.am delete mode 100644 macros2/README.cvs-commits delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-autogen.sh delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-common.m4 delete mode 100644 macros2/gnome-compiler-flags.m4 diff --git a/.cvsignore b/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index cc3fdad..0000000 --- a/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -COPYING -INSTALL -Makefile.in -Makefile -aclocal.m4 -autom4te.cache -config.cache -config.log -config.status -configure -install-sh -missing -mkinstalldirs -gnome-common.spec diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 8a1f348..0000000 --- a/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,735 +0,0 @@ -2005-08-17 Stepan Kasal - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh (add_to_cm_macrodirs): New function, - prevents duplicates in $cm_macrodirs. - (check_m4macros): Use it. Read the dirlist file, if it is supported - by the version of Automake actually in use. - -2005-08-17 Stepan Kasal - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh (version_check): Set $variable_VERSION - to the actual version number of the tool. - -2005-08-17 James Henstridge - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: pass --force to gnome-doc-prepare to - match other tools. Fixes bug #311775. - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: don't use syntax that non-GNU greps - don't understand. Fixes bug #313531. - -2005-08-16 James Henstridge - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: add checks for gnome-common macro - names, and call require_m4macro for the appropriate names. This - can help detect $ACLOCAL_FLAGS problems earlier. Addresses bug - #312125. - -2005-07-25 James Henstridge - - * configure.in: bump release number. - -2005-07-19 Shaun McCance - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: - - Bumped up the default required version of gnome-doc-utils - -2005-07-18 Christian Persch - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: - - When configure.{in,ac} contains GNOME_DOC_INIT, actually call - gnome-doc-prepare. - -2005-03-21 Sven Herzberg - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: added support for the gnome-doc-utils - -2005-03-15 Stepan Kasal - - * macros2/ChangeLog: Removed; the contents merged into the main one. - -2005-02-11 James Henstridge - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: preserve COPYING and INSTALL files over - the "automake --force" call. Fixes bug #161916. - -2005-01-22 Rodney Dawes - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: Fix the (AC|IT)_PROG_INTLTOOL support - for both places where we grep for it - (version_check): If we are checking for automake = 1.4, then make - sure we error out with that error when we find it, and not >= 1.4 - since we don't actually check for >= 1.4 - - Fixes #129903 - -2005-01-03 James Henstridge - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_COMMON_INIT): add some code to - add the directory given to AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR to ACLOCAL_FLAGS. - - * doc-build/xmldocs.make (clean-local-doc): add rule to clean up - copied entities if srcdir!=builddir. - -2004-11-24 Mariano Suárez-Alvarez - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: grep wants basic regexps, not extended - ones: fix the regular expression for INTLTOOL. - -2004-11-24 Rodney Dawes - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: Add support for IT_PROG_INTLTOOL which - deprecates AC_PROG_INTLTOOL - -2004-11-09 Jordi Mallach - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: Workaround automake-1.4 limitations by - just using --force if $REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION != 1.4. This avoids - Louie's wrath too. :) - -2004-11-09 Jordi Mallach - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: Call all the bootstrap programs - (libtoolize, intltoolize, gtkdocize, automake) using --force and - --copy consistently. - -2004-10-28 James Henstridge - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: get rid of the code that modified PATH, - ACLOCAL_FLAGS and LD_LIBRARY_PATH based on $GNOME2_PATH, since - this was broken. It could cause configure tests to pass, when the - subsequent build would fail due to path problems. For more - details, see bug #140210. - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: if the directory is read only, skip it. - This helps in cases where a directory from a failed "make distcheck" - is lying around. Should fix bug #136093. - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh (m4dir): fix up the AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR - check to work with sub-package configure.in's. - -2004-10-27 James Henstridge - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh (ACLOCAL): if AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR() is - used in configure.ac, pass that directory to aclocal. - Run libtoolize if the configure.ac file calls LT_INIT (the new - name for AC_PROG_LIBTOOL in libtool-2.0). - -2004-10-06 James Henstridge - - * doc-build/omf.make (uninstall-local-omf): use $(DESTDIR) in - uninstall rule. This is needed to allow packages to distcheck - with newer versions of automake. - -2004-09-14 James Henstridge - - * configure.in: bump version number to 2.8.0 - -2004-08-30 James Henstridge - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: fix up error message when a required - M4 file isn't found. Fixes bug #147417. - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: Revert Rodney's changes, since - glib-gettextize has been fixed on the HEAD and 2.4 branches. - -2004-08-16 Kjartan Maraas - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: Add some foo to handle automake-1.9.x too. - -2004-06-10 Rodney Dawes - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: Add code to check for mkinstalldirs in - the shared automake files directory, and copy it in if we are using - AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT - - Fixes #144069 - -2004-05-26 James Henstridge - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_COMMON_INIT): since caching is - turned off in all recent Autoconfs, it doesn't make sense to use - it. Change implementation to instead make sure ${ACLOCAL_FLAGS} - gets passed to aclocal when called from the makefile. - - * macros2/Makefile.am: alter installation so that it puts the - macros directly into $(datadir)/aclocal instead of - $(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros - - * autogen.sh (REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION): use a modern version of - automake. - - * macros2/gnome-compiler-flags.m4: move from compiler-flags.m4 to - reduce chance of collisions; some small cleanups. - - * macros2/gnome-autogen.sh: move from autogen.sh - - * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): don't build bin/ and macros/ directories. - - * configure.in: don't create makefiles for bin/ and macros/ - directories. - Since we don't actually build the support/ directory (since 2001), - remove the matching parts from the configure script. - -2004-05-13 James Henstridge - - * gnome-common.spec.in: simplify and update spec file. - -2004-05-13 James Henstridge - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Change the order the various tools are called - in to match that of autoconf's autoupdate tool. See bug 138584. - -2004-02-27 Sven Herzberg - - * macros2/autogen.sh: fix #135557 - -2004-02-17 Mark McLoughlin - - * doc-build/xmldocs.make: fix one last occurrence of - not using $(DESTDIR). - -2004-01-31 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Use automake-1.8 if available. Patch from - alexander.winston@comcast.net (Alexander Winston). Bug #132966. - -2004-01-25 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Deprecate the use of GNOME2_DIR and allow the - use of GNOME2_PATH (bug #130516). - -2004-01-02 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Run intltoolize after automake, since - intltoolize wants mkinstalldirs now. - Should fix bugs #130309 and #130366. - -2003-12-13 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Change the use of head to be 'head -n -1', - since the GNU version of head appears to have changed behaviour - between version 5.0 and 5.0.9 somewhere. This should be portable - across all versions now. Fixed bug #128867. - -2003-12-08 Rodney Dawes - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Update automake checks to check incremental - versions in the correct order, Fixes #128691 - -2003-11-19 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Replace use of -or in a find command with -o. - Makes things work for people with less functional versions of - find. Fixes bug #127354 reported by Rolf Sponsel. - -2003-11-03 - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4: Removed ENABLE_WERROR and changed name - to GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES. - -2003-11-01 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Make version checking work, as pointed out by - Michael H Schimek in bug #125818. - -2003-10-31 - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4: Changed name of new macro to - AM_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES and added definition for ENABLE_WERROR. - -2003-10-31 - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4: New macro to disable deprecated - functions and widgets when maintainer mode is on. - -=== gnome-common 2.4.0 === - -2003-10-02 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * doc-build/Makefile.am: Distribute README in place of the - non-existent ChangeLog. Doh! - - * autogen.sh: Use the GNOME 2 autogen.sh script by default. - * configure.in: Version number bumped. - -2003-08-23 Marco Pesenti Gritti - - * macros2/compiler-flags.m4: Define WARN_CXXFLAGS instead of - overwriting CXXFLAGS (like WARN_FLAGS). - -2003-08-10 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Show the version found for the various build - tools like automake, autoconf, libtool, etc. - Patch from Steve Chaplin (bug #119533). - -2003-08-05 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/compiler-flags.m4: Continuing to try and get the flags - passed to g++ in GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS correct. Based on our best - attempts, the current set should work for the widest range of - g++ versions (see bug #118987 for the discussion). - -2003-08-03 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/compiler-flags.m4: Simplify GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS. - Fixes bug #118987. - -2003-07-28 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/compiler-flags.m4: Default setting in the - GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS macro is now "yes". This fixes bug - #118479 (another good bit of debugging from Steve Chaplin). - -2003-07-20 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/compiler-flags.m4: Remove some redundant options as - suggested by Steve Chaplin in bug #115475. The warnings list looks - simpler now, but is no less functional. - -2003-07-15 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Fix a typo when reporting "forbidden" m4 macros. - -2003-07-04 Frederic Crozat - - * macros2/compiler-flags.m4: don't use -Wsign-promo, it is - C++ only and causes warnings with gcc 3.3 when used on C. - -2003-06-24 Marco Pesenti Gritti - - * macros2/autogen.sh: - - Remove --enable-compile-warnings from the default arguments - passed to configure because it break GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS - macro. - -2003-06-20 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Fix some strangeness in the gnome-doc-common test. - -2003-06-19 Gustavo J. A. M. Carneiro - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Inserted missing "cd $dirname" to effectively - process subdirectories, since all it was doing was to process the - toplevel dir multiple times. - - [Editor's note: also reported with patch by Elijah Newren in bug - #115481.] - -2003-05-24 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * MAINTAINERS: Put myself in as maintainer. - - * configure.in: Bump the version number to 2.3.0 - - * configure.in, Makefile.am, macros2/autogen.sh, doc-build/*: - Add in the infrastructure to allow user documentatin to be built - from some common files. This will not affect existing packages. - The changes required to use this are given in doc-build/README. - -2003-05-21 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Ignore {arch} subdirectories. Fixes bug #113327. - -2003-05-04 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: - - Make this portable to Bourne-like shells. Fixes the problems - pointed out by Morten Welinder in bug #110177. - - Extend the check_m4macros() function to handle Cygwin - environments. Fixes bug #110947. - -2003-04-10 Ross Burton - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Fix a typo in the glib-gettext checks. - -2003-03-07 Malcolm Tredinnick - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Replace PACKAGE with PKG_NAME, since PKG_NAME - is what is defined by the various applications' autogen.sh. Also, - call autopoint rather than gettextize when appropriate (when - AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION is present). - -2003-02-27 Mark McLoughlin - - * macros2/compiler-flags.m4: fix mixed up order of arguments to - AC_ARG_ENABLE that made --enable-compile-warnings not work - as expected. - -2003-02-26 Frederic Crozat - - * macros2/autogen.sh: set WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5 variable to tell - Mandrake autoconf wrapper we want to check if autoconf 2.5x is here.. - -2003-02-24 James Henstridge - - * macros2/autogen.sh (forbid_m4macro): add function to forbid m4 - macros. Forbid gnome-cxx-check.m4, to try and catch setups where - stale macros are left on the system. - -2003-02-21 James Henstridge - - * macros2/autogen.sh (version_check): if $variable is set, then - assume it is correct and skip the version check. - (autoconf): check for autoconf2.50 first, so we don't trigger - Debian's sometimes broken autoconf version sniffer. - -2003-02-19 James Henstridge - - * macros2/Makefile.am (GNOME2_MACROS): remove check-utmp.m4 (copied - it to libzvt, which is the only thing using it). - - * macros2/gnome-deprecated-macros.m4(GNOME_CHECK_CXX): AC_REQUIRE - does not work within AU_DEFUN, so change to a simple call to - AC_PROG_CXX. - -2003-02-18 James Henstridge - - * macros2/autogen.sh (topdir): check to see if - gnome-deprecated-macros.m4 ended up in aclocal.m4, and warn if so. - - * macros2/gnome-platform.m4: kill this too (with a deprecation warning). - - * macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m4: move to gnome-deprecated-macros.m4 - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4: remove, and add a deprecation warning - in its place. - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4: remove, and add an AU_DEFUN in its place - telling people not to use it. - - * macros2/linger.m4: removed outright. - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4: remove GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK, deprecated in - favour of GTK_DOC_CHECK. - - * macros2/gnome-gettext.m4: remove file (people should be using - gettextize or glib-gettextize). - - * macros2/gnome-deprecated-macros.m4: new file to hold deprecated - macros. - -2003-02-18 Jody Goldberg - - * configure.in: Don't depend on a file that James just deleted - -2003-02-14 Kalpesh Shah - - * macros2/check-utmp.m4: initialize UTMP structure properly. - Fixes Bug#93774. - Patch reviewed by Andersca - -2002-12-12 Jody Goldberg - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK): now that autoconf-2.52 - is a prereq for things the build broke on the use of - AC_DEFINE(GNOME_ENABLE_DEBUG) - without the additional arguments. - -2002-09-23 Bastien Nocera - - * macros2/autogen.sh: exit if aclocal, autoheader, automake or - autoconf fails to run without warnings. Usually compilation would - fail afterwards with funky errors. - This is more anal than the version committed to the gnome-2-0 branch. - -2002-08-18 Havoc Pennington - - * macros2/autogen.sh: hardcode aclocal-1.4/automake-1.4 so that users - with both automake 1.6 and 1.4 installed get the right automake. Means - compilation from CVS will now require the latest automake 1.4 - release, or manually creating symlinks called "automake-1.4" and - "aclocal-1.4" - -Mon Aug 12 23:49:41 2002 HideToshi Tajima - - * macros2/autogen.sh: use portable -o instead of GNU-ish -or for - find test. - -2002-08-10 Miles Lane - - * macros2/autogen.sh: fix the "find" test so that the presence of - configure.in is reporteded. Each expression requires its own - -print flag. - -2002-08-10 Sebastian Rittau - - * macros2/autogen.sh: support for configure.ac - -2002-05-10 Chema Celorio - - * macros2/compiler-flags.m4: fix GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS to work when - a parameter is passed. The arguments to AC_ARG_ENABLE were swapped. - -2002-04-01 jacob berkman - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME2_X_CHECKS): kill bogus clearing - of LDFLAGS - -2001-12-11 Anders Carlsson - - * configure.in: Up to 1.2.4. - -2001-10-29 jacob berkman - - * macros2/autogen.sh: add check for glib-gettextize - -2001-10-15 Bastien Nocera - - * macros2/Makefile.am, curses.m4: added curses.m4 (copied from - the gnome1 macros. this file is needed to gdialog - -2001-10-02 Darin Adler - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Complete intltool support. - -2001-10-02 Darin Adler - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Add intltool support. - -2001-09-20 Glynn Foster - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4: replaced - GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES with PKG_CHECK_MODULES - -2001-09-04 Frank Belew - - * macros2/autogen.sh: change gettext regexp to work with non-gnu grep - -2001-08-18 Darin Adler - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Don't ask people to ignore xml-i18n-tools - messages. - -2001-08-04 Darin Adler - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Update gettext logic to allow anything that - starts with AM and ends with gettext. This makes it work with - AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT, which is what libbonobo is now using. - -2001-08-03 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_CFLAG): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_ACLOCALFLAGS): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES): Removed. - (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Use $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version - to check for the pkg-config version. - -2001-08-02 Michael Meeks - - * Version 1.2.3 - -2001-07-26 Darin Adler - - * configure.in: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at - www.freedesktop.org instead of "sourceforce.net" [sic]. - -2001-07-26 Darin Adler - - * doc/usage.txt: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at - www.freedesktop.org. - -2001-07-20 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Require pkg-config 0.8.0. - -2001-07-12 Darin Adler - - * configure.in: Remove AC_ARG_PROGRAM, because AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE - already takes care of that. - -2001-06-29 Laszlo Peter - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Fix - the regexp to process all 6 version numbers. - -2001-06-22 Elliot Lee - - * macros2/gnome-gettext.m4: N'sync with the gnome1 version, - bye bye buggies. - -2001-06-13 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Require - pkg-config 0.7.0 and fix download URL. - - * macros2/gnome-platform.m4: Require pkgconfig on the GNOME 2.0 - platform. - -2001-06-01 Peter Williams - - * macros2/autogen.sh: s,Gnome,$PKG_NAME,g - -2001-05-22 Darin Adler - - * hack-macros/gnome.m4: Add BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL for - compatibility with the new gettext. - -2001-04-16 Darin Adler - - * gnome-common.spec.in: A cut at updating the spec file now that - the pkgconfig stuff and support stuff has gone away. - -2001-04-14 Martin Baulig - - * gnome-common.pc.in, gnome-common-2.0.pc.in: Removed. - - * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.2. - (--enable-platform-gnome-2): Removed this command line argument; - this package is now the same for GNOME 1.x and GNOME 2.0. - - * acinclude.m4: Removed. - * acconfig.h: Removed. - - * support/: We don't build this directory anymore; the GNOME 1.x - version of it is in gnome-libs/support and the GNOME 2.0 one is in - libgnomebase/libgnomesupport. - -2001-04-13 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES): - Set variable `have_' to yes or no depending on whether the - module was found or not; allows you to define automake conditionals - for optional modules. - -2001-03-26 Robin * Slomkowski - - * Makefile.am: added gnome-common.spec.in to EXTRA_DISTS - * configure.in: added gnome-common.spec.in - * gnome-common.spec: removed from repository as it appeared - generic - * gnome-common.spec.in: new spec file using Martin's suggestions - -2001-03-24 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Add the xml-i18n-tools stuff here. - -2000-12-01 Martin Baulig - - Released gnome-common 1.2.1. - -2000-12-01 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/compiler-flags.m4: Improved compile warnings check; the - --enable-compile-warnings parameter now takes 5 different - values (no/minimum/yes/maximum/error). AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS). - -2000-11-29 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome.m4, gnome-gnorba-check.m4, gnome-fileutils.m4: Removed. - -2000-11-26 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME2_X_CHECKS): Use - GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES. - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Don't - AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG]). - (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Check for pkg-config >= 0.4.1. - -2000-11-22 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Added GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES - to check for a list of optional modules. - - * macros2/gnome-platform.m4: Require GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG. - -2000-11-22 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-platform.m4: New file. This defines - GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2. - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Disable the --extra-flags argument to - pkg-config, this doesn't exist anymore. - -2000-11-22 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4: New file. This defines - GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG, GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG and - GNOME_PKGCONFIG_* macros from pkg-config. - -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-support.m4, need-declaration.m4: Removed. - -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig - - * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.1. - - * configure.in (--enable-platform-gnome-2): New configure - command line argument to enable support for the GNOME 2.x - platform. - (PLATFORM_GNOME_2): New automake conditional. - * Do the GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS here if we're on the GNOME 2.x - platform. - - * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Conditionally add support for the - GNOME 2.x platform. - - * acinclude.m4: New file. Put stuff from gnome-support.m4 - and need-declaration.m4 here. - -2000-09-30 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4: Switch to pkg-config to check for GTK+ 2.0. - Removed all `gnome_cv_passdown_x_*' variables and `USE_DEVGTK'. - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_COMMON_INIT): Added the always-false - INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON automake conditional. - (GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK): New macro. - (GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK): New macro. - -Thu Aug 24 02:28:57 2000 George Lebl - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4: use the correct name in AC_PROVIDE - -2000-08-06 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME_X_CHECKS): Renamed - to GNOME2_X_CHECKS. - -2000-07-24 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Removed some old crap in it. - * macros2/aclocal-include.m4: Removed. - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4: Check for GTK+ 2.0. - -2000-07-24 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/autogen.sh: Make it work with AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT. - * macros2/check-utmp.m4: New file. - -2000-07-24 Martin Baulig - - Synced with gnome-libs/gnome-data. - -2000-06-09 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4: We need this here as well. - -2000-05-29 Martin Baulig - - * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.0. - -2000-05-29 Martin Baulig - - * macros2/Makefile.am: New file. Install this stuff into - `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros'. - - * macros2/gnome.m4: New file. Copied from `hack-macros' dir. - - * macros2/autogen.sh: New file. Copied from `macros' dir. - -1998-02-19 Raja R Harinath - - * autogen.sh: New sample file. - * configure.in: Likewise. - * Makefile.am: Likewise. - * README: Likewise. - diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS deleted file mode 100644 index 9c94185..0000000 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Malcolm Tredinnick diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index fff3490..0000000 --- a/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -SUBDIRS = macros2 doc-build - -EXTRA_DIST = gnome-common.spec gnome-common.spec.in doc/usage.txt - - diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 diff --git a/README b/README deleted file mode 100644 index 611a0a0..0000000 --- a/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -This directory contains sample files that should be in pretty much every -GNOME application. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -To make this work both for GNOME Applications inside and outside the -GNOME CVS Tree I did the following: - -* There is an `INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON' automake conditional which is defined - in two places: - - - macros/aclocal-includes.m4 defines this to always be false. - - - gnome-common/configure.in does not include anything from macros and - defines this to be true. - -* We use this automake conditional in the macros/Makefile.am to install - $(MACROS), autogen.sh, gnome-common.m4 and a newly created gnome-macros.dep - in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome'. - - Since aclocal doesn't look in subdirectories we can safely install them - there even when compiling from CVS. - - Also, there is no need to make any change to any existing application - in the GNOME CVS Tree - really fine ... - -* When we're outside the GNOME CVS Tree we simply need to tell aclocal that - it should also look in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome' and it will find all - the macros. - - The is a `gnome-skel' module in CVS that can be used as a starting point - when writing a new GNOME Application that should be used outside CVS. - -February 4, 1999, -Martin Baulig diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 5fa4e8b..0000000 --- a/autogen.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc. - -srcdir=`dirname $0` -test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=. - -REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION=1.7 - -PKG_NAME="Gnome Common Macros" - -(test -f $srcdir/configure.in \ -## put other tests here -) || { - echo -n "**Error**: Directory "\`$srcdir\'" does not look like the" - echo " top-level $PKG_NAME directory" - exit 1 -} - -. $srcdir/macros2/gnome-autogen.sh diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in deleted file mode 100644 index 7346e2d..0000000 --- a/configure.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -AC_PREREQ(2.54) -AC_INIT([gnome-common], [2.11.0], - [http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-common]) - -AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([macros2/gnome-autogen.sh]) -AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE -AM_MAINTAINER_MODE - -AC_CONFIG_FILES([ -Makefile -gnome-common.spec -macros2/Makefile -doc-build/Makefile -doc-build/gnome-doc-common -]) - -AC_OUTPUT diff --git a/doc-build/.cvsignore b/doc-build/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index dc64754..0000000 --- a/doc-build/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -gnome-doc-common diff --git a/doc-build/Makefile.am b/doc-build/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index e701f5d..0000000 --- a/doc-build/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -bin_SCRIPTS = gnome-doc-common - -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/gnome-common/data -pkgdata_DATA = \ - omf.make \ - xmldocs.make - -EXTRA_DIST = \ - omf.make \ - xmldocs.make \ - gnome-doc-common.in \ - README diff --git a/doc-build/README b/doc-build/README deleted file mode 100644 index 6b44642..0000000 --- a/doc-build/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -To automatically include the standard user documentation build files (omf.make -and xmldocs.make) in you package, set USE_COMMON_DOC_BUILD=yes in autogen.sh -before calling the macros2/autogen.sh script. - -When porting applications across to use this feature, ensure that all of the -references to xmldocs.make are to $(top_srcdir)/xmldocs.make in the appropriate -Makefile.am files. Some modules assume that xmldocs.make is in another -directory (like docs/ or something). - diff --git a/doc-build/gnome-doc-common.in b/doc-build/gnome-doc-common.in deleted file mode 100644 index 881122d..0000000 --- a/doc-build/gnome-doc-common.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -progname=`echo "$0" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - -PROGRAM=gnome-doc-common -PACKAGE=@PACKAGE@ -VERSION=@VERSION@ - -prefix=@prefix@ -datadir=@datadir@ - -# options -docdir=. -copy=no - -while test $# -gt 0; do - case "$1" in - --help) - echo "usage: $progname [--version|--help]" 1>&2 - exit 1 ;; - --version) - echo "$PROGRAM ($PACKAGE) $VERSION" - exit 0 ;; - --copy) - copy=yes - shift ;; - -*) - echo "$progname: unrecognised option '$1'" 1>&2 - echo "usage: $progname [--version|--help]" 1>&2 - exit 1 ;; - *) - echo "$progname: too many arguments" 1>&2 - echo "usage: $progname [--version|--help]" 1>&2 - exit 1 ;; - esac -done - -for file in omf.make xmldocs.make; do - rm -f $docdir/$file - if test "$copy" = yes; then - cp -f $datadir/$PACKAGE/data/$file $docdir/ || - exit 1 - else - ln -sf $datadir/$PACKAGE/data/$file $docdir/ || - cp -f $datadir/$PACKAGE/data/$file $docdir/ || - exit 1 - fi -done diff --git a/doc-build/omf.make b/doc-build/omf.make deleted file mode 100644 index cb7acba..0000000 --- a/doc-build/omf.make +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -# -# No modifications of this Makefile should be necessary. -# -# This file contains the build instructions for installing OMF files. It is -# generally called from the makefiles for particular formats of documentation. -# -# Note that you must configure your package with --localstatedir=/var -# so that the scrollkeeper-update command below will update the database -# in the standard scrollkeeper directory. -# -# If it is impossible to configure with --localstatedir=/var, then -# modify the definition of scrollkeeper_localstate_dir so that -# it points to the correct location. Note that you must still use -# $(localstatedir) in this or when people build RPMs it will update -# the real database on their system instead of the one under RPM_BUILD_ROOT. -# -# Note: This make file is not incorporated into xmldocs.make because, in -# general, there will be other documents install besides XML documents -# and the makefiles for these formats should also include this file. -# -# About this file: -# This file was derived from scrollkeeper_example2, a package -# illustrating how to install documentation and OMF files for use with -# ScrollKeeper 0.3.x and 0.4.x. For more information, see: -# http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/ -# Version: 0.1.3 (last updated: March 20, 2002) -# - -omf_dest_dir=$(datadir)/omf/@PACKAGE@ -scrollkeeper_localstate_dir = $(localstatedir)/scrollkeeper - -# At some point, it may be wise to change to something like this: -# scrollkeeper_localstate_dir = @SCROLLKEEPER_STATEDIR@ - -omf: omf_timestamp - -omf_timestamp: $(omffile) - -for file in $(omffile); do \ - scrollkeeper-preinstall $(docdir)/$(docname).xml $(srcdir)/$$file $$file.out; \ - done; \ - touch omf_timestamp - -install-data-hook-omf: - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(omf_dest_dir) - for file in $(omffile); do \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file.out $(DESTDIR)$(omf_dest_dir)/$$file; \ - done - -scrollkeeper-update -p $(DESTDIR)$(scrollkeeper_localstate_dir) -o $(DESTDIR)$(omf_dest_dir) - -uninstall-local-omf: - -for file in $(srcdir)/*.omf; do \ - basefile=`basename $$file`; \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(omf_dest_dir)/$$basefile; \ - done - -rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(omf_dest_dir) - -scrollkeeper-update -p $(DESTDIR)$(scrollkeeper_localstate_dir) - -clean-local-omf: - -for file in $(omffile); do \ - rm -f $$file.out; \ - done diff --git a/doc-build/xmldocs.make b/doc-build/xmldocs.make deleted file mode 100644 index b93e3f3..0000000 --- a/doc-build/xmldocs.make +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -# -# No modifications of this Makefile should be necessary. -# -# To use this template: -# 1) Define: figdir, docname, lang, omffile, and entities in -# your Makefile.am file for each document directory, -# although figdir, omffile, and entities may be empty -# 2) Make sure the Makefile in (1) also includes -# "include $(top_srcdir)/xmldocs.make" and -# "dist-hook: app-dist-hook". -# 3) Optionally define 'entities' to hold xml entities which -# you would also like installed -# 4) Figures must go under $(figdir)/ and be in PNG format -# 5) You should only have one document per directory -# 6) Note that the figure directory, $(figdir)/, should not have its -# own Makefile since this Makefile installs those figures. -# -# example Makefile.am: -# figdir = figures -# docname = scrollkeeper-manual -# lang = C -# omffile=scrollkeeper-manual-C.omf -# entities = fdl.xml -# include $(top_srcdir)/xmldocs.make -# dist-hook: app-dist-hook -# -# About this file: -# This file was taken from scrollkeeper_example2, a package illustrating -# how to install documentation and OMF files for use with ScrollKeeper -# 0.3.x and 0.4.x. For more information, see: -# http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/ -# Version: 0.1.2 (last updated: March 20, 2002) -# - - -# ********** Begin of section some packagers may need to modify ********** -# This variable (docdir) specifies where the documents should be installed. -# This default value should work for most packages. -docdir = $(datadir)/gnome/help/$(docname)/$(lang) - -# ********** You should not have to edit below this line ********** -xml_files = $(entities) $(docname).xml - -EXTRA_DIST = $(xml_files) $(omffile) -CLEANFILES = omf_timestamp - -include $(top_srcdir)/omf.make - -all: omf - -$(docname).xml: $(entities) - -ourdir=`pwd`; \ - cd $(srcdir); \ - cp $(entities) $$ourdir - -app-dist-hook: - if test "$(figdir)"; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/$(figdir); \ - for file in $(srcdir)/$(figdir)/*.png; do \ - basefile=`echo $$file | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(distdir)/$(figdir)/$$basefile; \ - done \ - fi - -install-data-local: omf - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) - for file in $(xml_files); do \ - cp $(srcdir)/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(docdir); \ - done - if test "$(figdir)"; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(figdir); \ - for file in $(srcdir)/$(figdir)/*.png; do \ - basefile=`echo $$file | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(figdir)/$$basefile; \ - done \ - fi - -install-data-hook: install-data-hook-omf - -uninstall-local: uninstall-local-doc uninstall-local-omf - -uninstall-local-doc: - -if test "$(figdir)"; then \ - for file in $(srcdir)/$(figdir)/*.png; do \ - basefile=`echo $$file | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`; \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(figdir)/$$basefile; \ - done; \ - rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(figdir); \ - fi - -for file in $(xml_files); do \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$$file; \ - done - -rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) - -clean-local: clean-local-doc clean-local-omf - -# for non-srcdir builds, remove the copied entities. -clean-local-doc: - if test $(srcdir) != .; then \ - rm -f $(entities); \ - fi diff --git a/doc/.cvsignore b/doc/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 3dda729..0000000 --- a/doc/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile diff --git a/doc/usage.txt b/doc/usage.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ff7c255..0000000 --- a/doc/usage.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -This module contains various files needed to bootstrap Gnome 2 modules -built from CVS. It contains the following components: - 1. A common "autogen.sh" script that can be used to configure a - source directory checked out from CVS. - 2. Some commonly used macros (quite a small set these days -- macros - should be packaged with their respective modules). - 3. Some files used to build user documentation. - -To make use of the common autogen script, create a stub autogen.sh -script in your module that looks something like this: - ----- Cut Here ---- -#!/bin/sh -srcdir=`basename $0` -[ -z "$srcdir" ] && srcdir=. - -PKG_NAME=mypackage -REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION=1.7 - -if [ ! -f "$srcdir/somefile-that-is-only-in-mypackage" ]; then - echo "$srcdir doesn't look like source directory for $PKG_NAME" >&2 - exit 1 -fi - -. gnome-autogen.sh ----- Cut Here ---- - -Then put the following in your configure.ac or configure.in file: - GNOME_COMMON_INIT - -This macro is equivalent to the following two lines (which you can use -instead if you don't want to depend on gnome-common macros): - AC_SUBST([ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS], ["\${ACLOCAL_FLAGS}"]) - -Or if you are using the AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR macro: - AC_SUBST([ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS], ["-I $ac_macro_dir \${ACLOCAL_FLAGS}"]) - -This will make sure that autoconf macros will be found when you -rebuild the package without rerunning autogen.sh. - diff --git a/gnome-common.spec.in b/gnome-common.spec.in deleted file mode 100644 index 16bb3e2..0000000 --- a/gnome-common.spec.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -Name: gnome-common -Summary: gnome-common contains usefull things common to building gnome packages -Version: @VERSION@ -Release: 0 -License: GPL -Group: Development/Tools -Source: %{name}-%{version}.tar.gz -URL: http://developer.gnome.org/ -BuildArch: noarch -BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root - -%description -Contains files required to bootstrap various Gnome modules when building -from CVS. - -%changelog -* Thu May 13 2004 James Henstridge -- update and simplify -* Mon Mar 26 2000 Robin * Slomkowski -- created this thing, and replaced the generic specfile - -%prep -%setup - -%build - -%configure -make - -%install - -%makeinstall - -%files - -%defattr(-, root, root) -%{_bindir}/* -%{_datadir}/aclocal/* -%{_datadir}/gnome-common diff --git a/intl/.cvsignore b/intl/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 954b766..0000000 --- a/intl/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -po2msg.sed -po2tbl.sed -Makefile -Makefile.in diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 84e2b37..0000000 --- a/intl/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -2001-09-13 GNU - - * Version 0.10.40 released. - diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 19ed4a7..0000000 --- a/intl/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,313 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities. -# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. - -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ - -SHELL = /bin/sh - -srcdir = @srcdir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -top_builddir = .. -VPATH = @srcdir@ - -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -transform = @program_transform_name@ -libdir = @libdir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -localedir = $(datadir)/locale -gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl -aliaspath = $(localedir) -subdir = intl - -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac` - -l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ - -AR = ar -CC = @CC@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d -YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext - -DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ --DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ - -COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) - -HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h -COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h -SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c -COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \ -finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \ -explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \ -localcharset.c -OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \ -finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \ -explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \ -plural.$lo localcharset.$lo -GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo -DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ -config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) -DISTFILES.generated = plural.c -DISTFILES.normal = VERSION -DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc -DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c - -# Libtool's library version information for libintl. -# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this -# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". -# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* -# change these values. -LTV_CURRENT=1 -LTV_REVISION=1 -LTV_AGE=0 - -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed -.c.o: - $(COMPILE) $< -.c.lo: - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $< - -.y.c: - $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< - rm -f $*.h - -.sin.sed: - sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@ - mv t-$@ $@ - -INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl - -all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ -all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed -all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ -all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la -all-no-no: - -libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) - rm -f $@ - $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) - $(RANLIB) $@ - -libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ - $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ - $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \ - -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ - -rpath $(libdir) \ - -no-undefined - -libintl.h: libgnuintl.h - cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h - -charset.alias: config.charset - $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ - mv t-$@ $@ - -check: all - -# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which -# only use the library should use install instead. - -# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a -# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a -# separate library. -# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the -# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. -install: install-exec install-data -install-exec: all - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ - && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ - orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - else \ - if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ - orig=charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ - test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ - && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ - || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi -install-data: all - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ - dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ - $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ - dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ - $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. -installcheck: - -uninstall: - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ - && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ - if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ - rm -f $$dest; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - fi; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ - sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ - if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ - rm -f $$dest; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - fi; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ - for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -info dvi: - -$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h -bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h -dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h - -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - -id: ID - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - - -mostlyclean: - rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.* - rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed - rm -f -r .libs _libs - -clean: mostlyclean - -distclean: clean - rm -f Makefile ID TAGS - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ - rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -maintainer-clean: distclean - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." - - -# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some -# other files which should not be distributed in other packages. -distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) -dist distdir: Makefile - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ - additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ - else \ - additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ - fi; \ - $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ - for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ - if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ - ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ - || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ - done - -Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status - cd .. \ - && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/intl/README.cvs-commits b/intl/README.cvs-commits deleted file mode 100644 index 88e3d58..0000000 --- a/intl/README.cvs-commits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS - -which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects -a very large number of modules. - -Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you -commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me -a patch and I'll commit it for you it it's ok. - -Thanks for your understanding, - -August 1st, 2001 -Martin Baulig - diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION deleted file mode 100644 index cb8a01a..0000000 --- a/intl/VERSION +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c deleted file mode 100644 index c6a9bd1..0000000 --- a/intl/bindtextdom.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,369 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ -# include -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ -# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ -#endif - -/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ -#ifndef offsetof -# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ -extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; - -/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ -extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) -# endif -#else -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__ -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__ -#endif - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, - const char **dirnamep, - const char **codesetp)); - -/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP - to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. - If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not - modified, only the current value is returned. - If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither - modified nor returned. */ -static void -set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) - const char *domainname; - const char **dirnamep; - const char **codesetp; -{ - struct binding *binding; - int modified; - - /* Some sanity checks. */ - if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') - { - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - return; - } - - __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); - - modified = 0; - - for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) - { - int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It is not in the list. */ - binding = NULL; - break; - } - } - - if (binding != NULL) - { - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *dirnamep = binding->dirname; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->dirname; - if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) - { - if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) - result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - else - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - } - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - free (binding->dirname); - - binding->dirname = result; - modified = 1; - } - } - *dirnamep = result; - } - } - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *codesetp = binding->codeset; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->codeset; - if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->codeset != NULL) - free (binding->codeset); - - binding->codeset = result; - binding->codeset_cntr++; - modified = 1; - } - } - *codesetp = result; - } - } - } - else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) - && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) - { - /* Simply return the default values. */ - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - else - { - /* We have to create a new binding. */ - size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; - struct binding *new_binding = - (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); - - if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) - goto failed; - - memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); - - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The default value. */ - dirname = _nl_default_dirname; - else - { - if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) - dirname = _nl_default_dirname; - else - { - char *result; -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - dirname = result; - } - } - *dirnamep = dirname; - new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; - } - else - /* The default value. */ - new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - - new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset != NULL) - { - char *result; - -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - codeset = result; - new_binding->codeset_cntr++; - } - *codesetp = codeset; - new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; - } - else - new_binding->codeset = NULL; - - /* Now enqueue it. */ - if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL - || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) - { - new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; - _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; - } - else - { - binding = _nl_domain_bindings; - while (binding->next != NULL - && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) - binding = binding->next; - - new_binding->next = binding->next; - binding->next = new_binding; - } - - modified = 1; - - /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ - if (0) - { - failed_codeset: - if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - free (new_binding->dirname); - failed_dirname: - free (new_binding); - failed: - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - } - - /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ - if (modified) - ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); -} - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -char * -BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); - return (char *) dirname; -} - -/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the - DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ -char * -BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); - return (char *) codeset; -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); -weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); -#endif diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c deleted file mode 100644 index 867d901..0000000 --- a/intl/cat-compat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, - Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -# include -# include -#else -char *getenv (); -# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H -# include -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H -# include -#endif - -#include "libgettext.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: - ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current - setting of `local'.'' - However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX - defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected - system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL -#endif - -/* The catalog descriptor. */ -static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1; - -/* Name of the default catalog. */ -static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages"; - -/* Name of currently used catalog. */ -static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name; - -/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */ -static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg)); - -/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -#endif - - -/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */ -char * -textdomain (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - nl_catd new_catalog; - char *new_name; - size_t new_name_len; - char *lang; - -#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \ - && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL - lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL); -#else - lang = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') - { - lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES"); - if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') - lang = getenv ("LANG"); - } -#endif - if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') - lang = "C"; - - /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return (char *) catalog_name; - - if (domainname[0] == '\0') - domainname = default_catalog_name; - - /* Compute length of added path element. */ - new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang) - + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1 - + sizeof (".cat"); - - new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len); - if (new_name == NULL) - return NULL; - - strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE); - new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); - - if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) - { - /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */ - sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang, - PACKAGE); - new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); - - if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) - { - free (new_name); - return (char *) catalog_name; - } - } - - /* Close old catalog. */ - if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1) - catclose (catalog); - if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name) - free ((char *) catalog_name); - - catalog = new_catalog; - catalog_name = new_name; - - return (char *) catalog_name; -} - -char * -bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ -#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV - char *old_val, *new_val, *cp; - size_t new_val_len; - - /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return NULL; - - /* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need - the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this - peanuts. */ - new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname) - + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); - - old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH"); - if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0') - { - old_val = NULL; - new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 - + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); - } - else - new_val_len += strlen (old_val); - - new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len); - if (new_val == NULL) - return NULL; - -# if HAVE_SETENV - cp = new_val; -# else - cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH="); -# endif - - cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname); - cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:"); - - if (old_val == NULL) - { -# if __STDC__ - stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); -# else - - cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR); - stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); -# endif - } - else - stpcpy (cp, old_val); - -# if HAVE_SETENV - setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1); - free (new_val); -# else - putenv (new_val); - /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used - from now on. */ -# endif - -#endif - - return (char *) domainname; -} - -#undef gettext -char * -gettext (msg) - const char *msg; -{ - int msgid; - - if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1) - return (char *) msg; - - /* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1. - The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id' - which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */ - msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg); - if (msgid == -1) - return (char *) msg; - - return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg); -} - -/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries - for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when - the string is not found return -1. */ -static int -msg_to_cat_id (msg) - const char *msg; -{ - int cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt) - if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0) - return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number; - - return -1; -} - - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset deleted file mode 100755 index f4f2611..0000000 --- a/intl/config.charset +++ /dev/null @@ -1,438 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# The table consists of lines of the form -# ALIAS CANONICAL -# -# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". -# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. -# -# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. -# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is -# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case -# MIME charset name is preferred. -# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. -# -# name used by which systems a MIME name? -# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd -# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes -# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes -# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-13 glibc -# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd -# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes -# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes -# CP437 dos -# CP775 dos -# CP850 aix osf dos -# CP852 dos -# CP855 dos -# CP856 aix -# CP857 dos -# CP861 dos -# CP862 dos -# CP864 dos -# CP865 dos -# CP866 freebsd dos -# CP869 dos -# CP874 win32 dos -# CP922 aix -# CP932 aix win32 dos -# CP943 aix -# CP949 osf win32 dos -# CP950 win32 dos -# CP1046 aix -# CP1124 aix -# CP1129 aix -# CP1250 win32 -# CP1251 glibc win32 -# CP1252 aix win32 -# CP1253 win32 -# CP1254 win32 -# CP1255 win32 -# CP1256 win32 -# CP1257 win32 -# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris -# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# BIG5-HKSCS glibc -# GBK aix osf win32 dos -# GB18030 glibc -# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# JOHAB glibc win32 -# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris -# VISCII glibc yes -# HP-ROMAN8 hpux -# HP-ARABIC8 hpux -# HP-GREEK8 hpux -# HP-HEBREW8 hpux -# HP-TURKISH8 hpux -# HP-KANA8 hpux -# DEC-KANJI osf -# DEC-HANYU osf -# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes -# -# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in -# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). -# -# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications -# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. -# -# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM -# or -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM - -host="$1" -os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` -echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," -echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." -echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." -# List of references, updated during installation: -echo "# Packages using this file: " -case "$os" in - linux* | *-gnu*) - # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, - # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all - # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not - # need to install the alias file at all. - # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. - echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" - ;; - aix*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "IBM-850 CP850" - echo "IBM-856 CP856" - echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" - echo "IBM-922 CP922" - echo "IBM-932 CP932" - echo "IBM-943 CP943" - echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" - echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" - echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" - echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" - echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" - echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "GBK GBK" - echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - hpux*) - echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" - echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" - echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" - echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" - echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" - echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" - echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" - echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" - echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" - echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" - echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" - echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" - echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" - echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" - echo "tis620 TIS-620" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "hp15CN GB2312" - #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? - echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "utf8 UTF-8" - ;; - irix*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "eucCN GB2312" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - ;; - osf*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "cp850 CP850" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" - echo "dechanzi GB2312" - echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" - echo "deckorean EUC-KR" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "GBK GBK" - echo "KSC5601 CP949" - echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" - echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "TACTIS TIS-620" - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - solaris*) - echo "646 ASCII" - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" - echo "BIG5 BIG5" - echo "gb2312 GB2312" - echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" - echo "5601 EUC-KR" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" - echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" - #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - freebsd*) - # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore - # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name - # from the environment variables. - echo "C ASCII" - echo "US-ASCII ASCII" - for l in la_LN lt_LN; do - echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" - done - for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ - fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ - lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - done - for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - done - for l in la_LN lt_LT; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - done - for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do - echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" - echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "$l.CP866 CP866" - done - echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" - echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" - echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" - echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" - echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" - echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" - ;; - beos*) - # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. - echo "* UTF-8" - ;; - msdosdjgpp*) - # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore - # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name - # from the environment variables. - echo "#" - echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." - echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" - echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" - echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" - echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero " - echo "# and Bruno Haible ." - echo "#" - echo "C ASCII" - # ISO-8859-1 languages - echo "ca CP850" - echo "ca_ES CP850" - echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "de CP850" - echo "de_AT CP850" - echo "de_CH CP850" - echo "de_DE CP850" - echo "en CP850" - echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "en_CA CP850" - echo "en_GB CP850" - echo "en_NZ CP437" - echo "en_US CP437" - echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "es CP850" - echo "es_AR CP850" - echo "es_BO CP850" - echo "es_CL CP850" - echo "es_CO CP850" - echo "es_CR CP850" - echo "es_CU CP850" - echo "es_DO CP850" - echo "es_EC CP850" - echo "es_ES CP850" - echo "es_GT CP850" - echo "es_HN CP850" - echo "es_MX CP850" - echo "es_NI CP850" - echo "es_PA CP850" - echo "es_PY CP850" - echo "es_PE CP850" - echo "es_SV CP850" - echo "es_UY CP850" - echo "es_VE CP850" - echo "et CP850" - echo "et_EE CP850" - echo "eu CP850" - echo "eu_ES CP850" - echo "fi CP850" - echo "fi_FI CP850" - echo "fr CP850" - echo "fr_BE CP850" - echo "fr_CA CP850" - echo "fr_CH CP850" - echo "fr_FR CP850" - echo "ga CP850" - echo "ga_IE CP850" - echo "gd CP850" - echo "gd_GB CP850" - echo "gl CP850" - echo "gl_ES CP850" - echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? - echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? - echo "it CP850" - echo "it_CH CP850" - echo "it_IT CP850" - echo "lt CP775" - echo "lt_LT CP775" - echo "lv CP775" - echo "lv_LV CP775" - echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nl CP850" - echo "nl_BE CP850" - echo "nl_NL CP850" - echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "pt CP850" - echo "pt_BR CP850" - echo "pt_PT CP850" - echo "sv CP850" - echo "sv_SE CP850" - # ISO-8859-2 languages - echo "cs CP852" - echo "cs_CZ CP852" - echo "hr CP852" - echo "hr_HR CP852" - echo "hu CP852" - echo "hu_HU CP852" - echo "pl CP852" - echo "pl_PL CP852" - echo "ro CP852" - echo "ro_RO CP852" - echo "sk CP852" - echo "sk_SK CP852" - echo "sl CP852" - echo "sl_SI CP852" - echo "sq CP852" - echo "sq_AL CP852" - echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? - echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? - # ISO-8859-3 languages - echo "mt CP850" - echo "mt_MT CP850" - # ISO-8859-5 languages - echo "be CP866" - echo "be_BE CP866" - echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? - echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? - # ISO-8859-6 languages - echo "ar CP864" - echo "ar_AE CP864" - echo "ar_DZ CP864" - echo "ar_EG CP864" - echo "ar_IQ CP864" - echo "ar_IR CP864" - echo "ar_JO CP864" - echo "ar_KW CP864" - echo "ar_MA CP864" - echo "ar_OM CP864" - echo "ar_QA CP864" - echo "ar_SA CP864" - echo "ar_SY CP864" - # ISO-8859-7 languages - echo "el CP869" - echo "el_GR CP869" - # ISO-8859-8 languages - echo "he CP862" - echo "he_IL CP862" - # ISO-8859-9 languages - echo "tr CP857" - echo "tr_TR CP857" - # Japanese - echo "ja CP932" - echo "ja_JP CP932" - # Chinese - echo "zh_CN GBK" - echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? - # Korean - echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? - echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? - # Thai - echo "th CP874" - echo "th_TH CP874" - # Other - echo "eo CP850" - echo "eo_EO CP850" - ;; -esac diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index b7c9652..0000000 --- a/intl/dcgettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ -# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -char * -DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; -{ - return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6acde19..0000000 --- a/intl/dcigettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1259 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before because may include - , and once has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include -#ifndef errno -extern int errno; -#endif -#ifndef __set_errno -# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) -#endif - -#include -#include - -#include -#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC -# ifndef strchr -# define strchr index -# endif -#endif - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include -#endif - -#include - -#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC -# include -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "hash-string.h" - -/* Thread safetyness. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) -# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* Alignment of types. */ -#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 -# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) -#else -# define alignof(TYPE) \ - ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ -# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ -# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ -# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ -#endif - -/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ -#ifndef offsetof -# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define getcwd __getcwd -# ifndef stpcpy -# define stpcpy __stpcpy -# endif -# define tfind __tfind -#else -# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD -char *getwd (); -# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) -# else -char *getcwd (); -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY -static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)); -# endif -#endif - -/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ -#define PATH_INCR 32 - -/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ -/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define - PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is - later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ -#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) -# include -#endif - -#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX -# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 -#endif - -#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX -# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) -#endif - -/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ -#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN -# include -#endif - -#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN -# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN -#endif - -#ifndef PATH_MAX -# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX -#endif - -/* Pathname support. - ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. - IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, - it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. - IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. - */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') -# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ - ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ - && (P)[1] == ':') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ - (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -#else - /* Unix */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) -#endif - -/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: - ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current - setting of `local'.'' - However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and - ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. - those using GNU C Library). */ -#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) -# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL -#endif - -/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations - are stored. */ -struct known_translation_t -{ - /* Domain in which to search. */ - char *domainname; - - /* The category. */ - int category; - - /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ - int counter; - - /* Catalog where the string was found. */ - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - - /* And finally the translation. */ - const char *translation; - size_t translation_length; - - /* Pointer to the string in question. */ - char msgid[ZERO]; -}; - -/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this - only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC -# include - -static void *root; - -# ifdef _LIBC -# define tsearch __tsearch -# endif - -/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ -static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2)); -static int -transcmp (p1, p2) - const void *p1; - const void *p2; -{ - const struct known_translation_t *s1; - const struct known_translation_t *s2; - int result; - - s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; - s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; - - result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); - if (result == 0) - { - result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); - if (result == 0) - /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest - operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely - LC_MESSAGES). */ - result = s1->category - s2->category; - } - - return result; -} -#endif - -/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to - textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ -const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages"; - -/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ -const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; - -/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ -const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; - -/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() - calls. */ -struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, - unsigned long int n, - const char *translation, - size_t translation_len)) - internal_function; -static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, - unsigned long int n)) - internal_function; -static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; -static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, - const char *categoryname)) - internal_function; - - -/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -/* Nothing has to be done. */ -# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ -# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ -#else -struct block_list -{ - void *address; - struct block_list *next; -}; -# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ - do { \ - struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ - /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ - the list. */ \ - if (newp != NULL) { \ - newp->address = (addr); \ - newp->next = (list); \ - (list) = newp; \ - } \ - } while (0) -# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ - do { \ - while (list != NULL) { \ - struct block_list *old = list; \ - list = list->next; \ - free (old); \ - } \ - } while (0) -# undef alloca -# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) -#endif /* have alloca */ - - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ -typedef struct transmem_list -{ - struct transmem_list *next; - char data[ZERO]; -} transmem_block_t; -static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; -#else -typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; -#endif - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ -#endif - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock) -#endif - -/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides - easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure -# define DETERMINE_SECURE -#else -# ifndef HAVE_GETUID -# define getuid() 0 -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETGID -# define getgid() 0 -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID -# define geteuid() getuid() -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID -# define getegid() getgid() -# endif -static int enable_secure; -# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) -# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ - if (enable_secure == 0) \ - { \ - if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ - enable_secure = 1; \ - else \ - enable_secure = -1; \ - } -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string - depending on the plural form determined by N. */ -char * -DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - int plural; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ -#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA - struct block_list *block_list = NULL; -#endif - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - struct binding *binding; - const char *categoryname; - const char *categoryvalue; - char *dirname, *xdomainname; - char *single_locale; - char *retval; - size_t retlen; - int saved_errno; -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - struct known_translation_t *search; - struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; - size_t msgid_len; -#endif - size_t domainname_len; - - /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ - if (msgid1 == NULL) - return NULL; - - __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); - - /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If - CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the - definition left this undefined. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; - -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; - - /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at - some time. */ - search = (struct known_translation_t *) - alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); - memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); - search->domainname = (char *) domainname; - search->category = category; - - foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); - if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) - { - /* Now deal with plural. */ - if (plural) - retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, - (*foundp)->translation_length); - else - retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - return retval; - } -#endif - - /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ - saved_errno = errno; - - /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ - DETERMINE_SECURE; - - /* First find matching binding. */ - for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) - { - int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It is not in the list. */ - binding = NULL; - break; - } - } - - if (binding == NULL) - dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname)) - dirname = binding->dirname; - else - { - /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ - size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; - size_t path_max; - char *ret; - - path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; - path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ - - for (;;) - { - dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); - - __set_errno (0); - ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max); - if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) - break; - - path_max += path_max / 2; - path_max += PATH_INCR; - } - - if (ret == NULL) - { - /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an - error but simply return the default string. */ - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - __set_errno (saved_errno); - return (plural == 0 - ? (char *) msgid1 - /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ - : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); - } - - stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); - } - - /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ - categoryname = category_to_name (category); - categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); - - domainname_len = strlen (domainname); - xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) - + domainname_len + 5); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); - - stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), - domainname, domainname_len), - ".mo"); - - /* Creating working area. */ - single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); - - - /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps - got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ - while (1) - { - /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ - while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') - ++categoryvalue; - if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') - { - /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but - no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation - by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation - will take place. */ - single_locale[0] = 'C'; - single_locale[1] = '\0'; - } - else - { - char *cp = single_locale; - while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') - *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; - *cp = '\0'; - - /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files - outside the dedicated directories. */ - if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) - /* Ingore this entry. */ - continue; - } - - /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a - domain. Return the MSGID. */ - if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 - || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) - { - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - __set_errno (saved_errno); - return (plural == 0 - ? (char *) msgid1 - /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ - : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); - } - - - /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the - DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ - domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); - - if (domain != NULL) - { - retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen); - - if (retval == NULL) - { - int cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, - msgid1, &retlen); - - if (retval != NULL) - { - domain = domain->successor[cnt]; - break; - } - } - } - - if (retval != NULL) - { - /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: - starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __set_errno (saved_errno); -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - if (foundp == NULL) - { - /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ - struct known_translation_t *newp; - - newp = (struct known_translation_t *) - malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) - + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->domainname = - mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); - memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); - newp->category = category; - newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - newp->domain = domain; - newp->translation = retval; - newp->translation_length = retlen; - - /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ - foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) - tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); - if (foundp == NULL - || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) - /* The insert failed. */ - free (newp); - } - } - else - { - /* We can update the existing entry. */ - (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - (*foundp)->domain = domain; - (*foundp)->translation = retval; - (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; - } -#endif - /* Now deal with plural. */ - if (plural) - retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - return retval; - } - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ -} - - -char * -internal_function -_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; - const char *msgid; - size_t *lengthp; -{ - struct loaded_domain *domain; - size_t act; - char *result; - size_t resultlen; - - if (domain_file->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); - - if (domain_file->data == NULL) - return NULL; - - domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; - - /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ - if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL) - { - /* Use the hashing table. */ - nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); - nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); - nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; - nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); - - while (1) - { - nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]); - - if (nstr == 0) - /* Hash table entry is empty. */ - return NULL; - - /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1. - We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries - are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ - if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len - && (strcmp (msgid, - domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, - domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) - == 0)) - { - act = nstr - 1; - goto found; - } - - if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) - idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; - else - idx += incr; - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - } - else - { - /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of - messages. */ - size_t top, bottom; - - bottom = 0; - top = domain->nstrings; - while (bottom < top) - { - int cmp_val; - - act = (bottom + top) / 2; - cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data - + W (domain->must_swap, - domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); - if (cmp_val < 0) - top = act; - else if (cmp_val > 0) - bottom = act + 1; - else - goto found; - } - /* No translation was found. */ - return NULL; - } - - found: - /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the - string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ - result = ((char *) domain->data - + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); - resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; - -#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV - if (domain->codeset_cntr - != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0)) - { - /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset() - since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We - have to reinitialize the converter. */ - _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); - _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); - } - - if ( -# ifdef _LIBC - domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1 -# endif -# endif - ) - { - /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an - appropriate table with the same structure as the table - of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers - to the converted strings in. - There is a slight complication with plural entries. They - are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We - handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including - NULs. */ - - if (domain->conv_tab == NULL - && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings, - sizeof (char *))) - == NULL)) - /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ - domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1; - - if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) - /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */ - goto converted; - - if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL) - { - /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not - translated yet. Do this now. */ - /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. - We allocate always larger blocks which get used over - time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ - __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) -# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 - static unsigned char *freemem; - static size_t freemem_size; - - const unsigned char *inbuf; - unsigned char *outbuf; - int malloc_count; -# ifndef _LIBC - transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; -# endif - - __libc_lock_lock (lock); - - inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; - outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); - - malloc_count = 0; - while (1) - { - transmem_block_t *newmem; -# ifdef _LIBC - size_t non_reversible; - int res; - - if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) - goto resize_freemem; - - res = __gconv (domain->conv, - &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, - &outbuf, - outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), - &non_reversible); - - if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) - break; - - if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) - { - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } - - inbuf = result; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; - size_t inleft = resultlen; - char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; - size_t outleft; - - if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) - goto resize_freemem; - - outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); - if (iconv (domain->conv, - (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, - &outptr, &outleft) - != (size_t) (-1)) - { - outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; - break; - } - if (errno != E2BIG) - { - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } -# endif -# endif - - resize_freemem: - /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ - if (malloc_count > 0) - { - ++malloc_count; - freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; - newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, - freemem_size); -# ifdef _LIBC - if (newmem != NULL) - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - else - { - struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; - - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - free (old); - } -# endif - } - else - { - malloc_count = 1; - freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; - newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); - } - if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) - { - freemem = NULL; - freemem_size = 0; - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } - -# ifdef _LIBC - /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free - at some point. */ - newmem->next = transmem_list; - transmem_list = newmem; - - freemem = newmem->data; - freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); -# else - transmem_list = newmem; - freemem = newmem; -# endif - - outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); - } - - /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this - into the table of conversions. */ - *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); - domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; - /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ - freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; - freemem = outbuf; - freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); - freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); - - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - } - - /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all - the plural variants. */ - result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); - resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act]; - } - - converted: - /* The result string is converted. */ - -#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ - - *lengthp = resultlen; - return result; -} - - -/* Look up a plural variant. */ -static char * -internal_function -plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - unsigned long int n; - const char *translation; - size_t translation_len; -{ - struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; - unsigned long int index; - const char *p; - - index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); - if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) - /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the - given maximum value do not match. */ - index = 0; - - /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ - p = translation; - while (index-- > 0) - { -#ifdef _LIBC - p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); -#else - p = strchr (p, '\0'); -#endif - /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ - p++; - - if (p >= translation + translation_len) - /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression - evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants - available for MSGID1. */ - return (char *) translation; - } - return (char *) p; -} - - -/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ -static unsigned long int -internal_function -plural_eval (pexp, n) - struct expression *pexp; - unsigned long int n; -{ - switch (pexp->nargs) - { - case 0: - switch (pexp->operation) - { - case var: - return n; - case num: - return pexp->val.num; - default: - break; - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - break; - case 1: - { - /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ - unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - return ! arg; - } - case 2: - { - unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - if (pexp->operation == lor) - return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - else if (pexp->operation == land) - return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - else - { - unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - - switch (pexp->operation) - { - case mult: - return leftarg * rightarg; - case divide: - return leftarg / rightarg; - case module: - return leftarg % rightarg; - case plus: - return leftarg + rightarg; - case minus: - return leftarg - rightarg; - case less_than: - return leftarg < rightarg; - case greater_than: - return leftarg > rightarg; - case less_or_equal: - return leftarg <= rightarg; - case greater_or_equal: - return leftarg >= rightarg; - case equal: - return leftarg == rightarg; - case not_equal: - return leftarg != rightarg; - default: - break; - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - break; - } - case 3: - { - /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ - unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - return 0; -} - - -/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ -static const char * -internal_function -category_to_name (category) - int category; -{ - const char *retval; - - switch (category) - { -#ifdef LC_COLLATE - case LC_COLLATE: - retval = "LC_COLLATE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_CTYPE - case LC_CTYPE: - retval = "LC_CTYPE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_MONETARY - case LC_MONETARY: - retval = "LC_MONETARY"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_NUMERIC - case LC_NUMERIC: - retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_TIME - case LC_TIME: - retval = "LC_TIME"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_MESSAGES - case LC_MESSAGES: - retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_RESPONSE - case LC_RESPONSE: - retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_ALL - case LC_ALL: - /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other - value. */ - retval = "LC_ALL"; - break; -#endif - default: - /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ - retval = "LC_XXX"; - } - - return retval; -} - -/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ -static const char * -internal_function -guess_category_value (category, categoryname) - int category; - const char *categoryname; -{ - const char *language; - const char *retval; - - /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment - variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected - locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */ - language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); - if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0') - language = NULL; - - /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', - `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the - `setlocale' function itself. */ -#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL) - retval = setlocale (category, NULL); -#else - /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ - retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - { - /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ - retval = getenv (categoryname); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - { - /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ - retval = getenv ("LANG"); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is - implementation defined. */ - return "C"; - } - } -#endif - - return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval; -} - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif - -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY -static void * -mempcpy (dest, src, n) - void *dest; - const void *src; - size_t n; -{ - return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); -} -#endif - - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at - program's end. */ -static void __attribute__ ((unused)) -free_mem (void) -{ - void *old; - - while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) - { - struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; - _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; - if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ - free (oldp->dirname); - free (oldp->codeset); - free (oldp); - } - - if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) - /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ - free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); - - /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ - __tdestroy (root, free); - root = NULL; - - while (transmem_list != NULL) - { - old = transmem_list; - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - free (old); - } -} - -text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index c16af21..0000000 --- a/intl/dcngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ -# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -char * -DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ - return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3651207..0000000 --- a/intl/dgettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DGETTEXT __dgettext -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -#else -# define DGETTEXT dgettext__ -# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -char * -DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; -{ - return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index f214e95..0000000 --- a/intl/dngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -#else -# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__ -# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current - LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ -char * -DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2985064..0000000 --- a/intl/explodename.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ -#ifndef NULL -# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -# define NULL ((void *) 0) -# else -# define NULL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -char * -_nl_find_language (name) - const char *name; -{ - while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' - && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',') - ++name; - - return (char *) name; -} - - -int -_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) - char *name; - const char **language; - const char **modifier; - const char **territory; - const char **codeset; - const char **normalized_codeset; - const char **special; - const char **sponsor; - const char **revision; -{ - enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; - char *cp; - int mask; - - *modifier = NULL; - *territory = NULL; - *codeset = NULL; - *normalized_codeset = NULL; - *special = NULL; - *sponsor = NULL; - *revision = NULL; - - /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First - look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if - we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ - mask = 0; - syntax = undecided; - *language = cp = name; - cp = _nl_find_language (*language); - - if (*language == cp) - /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use - this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ - cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); - else if (cp[0] == '_') - { - /* Next is the territory. */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *territory = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@' - && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= TERRITORY; - - if (cp[0] == '.') - { - /* Next is the codeset. */ - syntax = xpg; - cp[0] = '\0'; - *codeset = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') - ++cp; - - mask |= XPG_CODESET; - - if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') - { - *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, - cp - *codeset); - if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) - free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); - else - mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; - } - } - } - - if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+')) - { - /* Next is the modifier. */ - syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen; - cp[0] = '\0'; - *modifier = ++cp; - - while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+' - && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE; - } - - if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_')) - { - syntax = cen; - - if (cp[0] == '+') - { - /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *special = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_SPECIAL; - } - - if (cp[0] == ',') - { - /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *sponsor = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_SPONSOR; - } - - if (cp[0] == '_') - { - /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *revision = ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_REVISION; - } - } - - /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the - separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */ - if (syntax == xpg) - { - if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~TERRITORY; - - if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; - - if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER; - } - - return mask; -} diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2f103d5..0000000 --- a/intl/finddomain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/* Handle list of needed message catalogs - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ -/* List of already loaded domains. */ -static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; - - -/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by - the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently - established bindings. */ -struct loaded_l10nfile * -internal_function -_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding) - const char *dirname; - char *locale; - const char *domainname; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; - const char *language; - const char *modifier; - const char *territory; - const char *codeset; - const char *normalized_codeset; - const char *special; - const char *sponsor; - const char *revision; - const char *alias_value; - int mask; - - /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: - - language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] - - and six parts for the CEN syntax: - - language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] - - Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If - the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are - looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to - the following order: - (1) revision - (2) sponsor - (3) special - (4) codeset - (5) normalized codeset - (6) territory - (7) audience/modifier - */ - - /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to - be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ - retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, - strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, - NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); - if (retval != NULL) - { - /* We know something about this locale. */ - int cnt; - - if (retval->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); - - if (retval->data != NULL) - return retval; - - for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); - - if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) - break; - } - return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL; - /* NOTREACHED */ - } - - /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value - *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is - done. */ - alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); - if (alias_value != NULL) - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - locale = strdup (alias_value); - if (locale == NULL) - return NULL; -#else - size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; - locale = (char *) malloc (len); - if (locale == NULL) - return NULL; - - memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); -#endif - } - - /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First - look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if - we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ - mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, - &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special, - &sponsor, &revision); - - /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in - generalization. */ - retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, - strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, - codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, domainname, 1); - if (retval == NULL) - /* This means we are out of core. */ - return NULL; - - if (retval->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); - if (retval->data == NULL) - { - int cnt; - for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); - if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) - break; - } - } - - /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ - if (alias_value != NULL) - free (locale); - - /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ - if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) - free ((void *) normalized_codeset); - - return retval; -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -static void __attribute__ ((unused)) -free_mem (void) -{ - struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; - - while (runp != NULL) - { - struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; - if (runp->data != NULL) - _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); - runp = runp->next; - free ((char *) here->filename); - free (here); - } -} - -text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); -#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 22a6c24..0000000 --- a/intl/gettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# define __need_NULL -# include -#else -# include /* Just for NULL. */ -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define GETTEXT __gettext -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -#else -# define GETTEXT gettext__ -# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -char * -GETTEXT (msgid) - const char *msgid; -{ - return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6f5d760..0000000 --- a/intl/gettext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETTEXT_H -#define _GETTEXT_H 1 - -#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC -# include -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ -#define _MAGIC 0x950412de -#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 - -/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ -#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 - -/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor - to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An - alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but - as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work - when cross-compiling. */ - -#if __STDC__ -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U -#else -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF -#endif - -/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. - This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because - that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems - (that certainly have ) have 64+-bit integral types. */ - -#ifndef UINT_MAX -# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS -#endif - -#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned nls_uint32; -#else -# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; -# else -# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; -# else - /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is - not portable enough. */ - "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." -# endif -# endif -#endif - - -/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ -struct mo_file_header -{ - /* The magic number. */ - nls_uint32 magic; - /* The revision number of the file format. */ - nls_uint32 revision; - /* The number of strings pairs. */ - nls_uint32 nstrings; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ - nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */ - nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; - /* Size of hashing table. */ - nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; - /* Offset of first hashing entry. */ - nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; -}; - -struct string_desc -{ - /* Length of addressed string. */ - nls_uint32 length; - /* Offset of string in file. */ - nls_uint32 offset; -}; - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h deleted file mode 100644 index 43de1cd..0000000 --- a/intl/gettextP.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,252 +0,0 @@ -/* Header describing internals of libintl library. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H -#define _GETTEXTP_H - -#include /* Get size_t. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV -# include -# endif -#endif - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is - almost always true or almost always false. */ -#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT -# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) -#endif - -#ifndef W -# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) -#endif - - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) -#else -static inline nls_uint32 -SWAP (i) - nls_uint32 i; -{ - return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); -} -#endif - - -/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the - plural form. */ -struct expression -{ - int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ - enum operator - { - /* Without arguments: */ - var, /* The variable "n". */ - num, /* Decimal number. */ - /* Unary operators: */ - lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ - /* Binary operators: */ - mult, /* Multiplication. */ - divide, /* Division. */ - module, /* Module operation. */ - plus, /* Addition. */ - minus, /* Subtraction. */ - less_than, /* Comparison. */ - greater_than, /* Comparison. */ - less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ - greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ - equal, /* Comparision for equality. */ - not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */ - land, /* Logical AND. */ - lor, /* Logical OR. */ - /* Ternary operators: */ - qmop /* Question mark operator. */ - } operation; - union - { - unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ - struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ - } val; -}; - -/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get - the result in a thread-safe way. */ -struct parse_args -{ - const char *cp; - struct expression *res; -}; - - -/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ -struct loaded_domain -{ - const char *data; - int use_mmap; - size_t mmap_size; - int must_swap; - nls_uint32 nstrings; - struct string_desc *orig_tab; - struct string_desc *trans_tab; - nls_uint32 hash_size; - nls_uint32 *hash_tab; - int codeset_cntr; -#ifdef _LIBC - __gconv_t conv; -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - iconv_t conv; -# endif -#endif - char **conv_tab; - - struct expression *plural; - unsigned long int nplurals; -}; - -/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C - doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define ZERO 0 -#else -# define ZERO 1 -#endif - -/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings - from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ -struct binding -{ - struct binding *next; - char *dirname; - int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */ - char *codeset; - char domainname[ZERO]; -}; - -/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations - become invalid. - This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ -extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, - char *__locale, - const char *__domainname, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) - internal_function; -const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, - struct loaded_domain *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) - internal_function; - -char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, - struct binding *domainbinding, - const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp)) - internal_function; - -#ifdef _LIBC -extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int n)); -extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category)); -extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); -extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); -extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); -extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); -#else -extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); -extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)); -extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category)); -extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); -extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); -extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); -extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) - internal_function; -extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg)); -#else -extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) - internal_function; -extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg)); -#endif - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h deleted file mode 100644 index ccb7acc..0000000 --- a/intl/hash-string.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(Args) Args -# else -# define PARAMS(Args) () -# endif -#endif - -/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ -#define HASHWORDBITS 32 - - -/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger - [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, - 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ -static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); - -static inline unsigned long int -hash_string (str_param) - const char *str_param; -{ - unsigned long int hval, g; - const char *str = str_param; - - /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ - hval = 0; - while (*str != '\0') - { - hval <<= 4; - hval += (unsigned long int) *str++; - g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); - if (g != 0) - { - hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); - hval ^= g; - } - } - return hval; -} diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0a06ce9..0000000 --- a/intl/intl-compat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext - Library. - Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include "libgnuintl.h" -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to - those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix). - It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is - configured --with-included-gettext. - - This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or - the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions. - If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to - libgnuintl.h of the following form: - -# define gettext gettext__ -# define dgettext dgettext__ -# define dcgettext dcgettext__ -# define ngettext ngettext__ -# define dngettext dngettext__ -# define dcngettext dcngettext__ -# define textdomain textdomain__ -# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__ -# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__ - - How does this redirection work? There are two cases. - A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because - functions defined in the executable always override functions in - the shared libraries. - B. When libintl.so is used, it works because - 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library - (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are - ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly - letting other shared libraries override it. - 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone - libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this - shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib - *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed. - - A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library - whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on - Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library - containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override - the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough - to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker - command line. */ - - -#undef gettext -#undef dgettext -#undef dcgettext -#undef ngettext -#undef dngettext -#undef dcngettext -#undef textdomain -#undef bindtextdomain -#undef bind_textdomain_codeset - - -char * -gettext (msgid) - const char *msgid; -{ - return gettext__ (msgid); -} - - -char * -dgettext (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; -{ - return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid); -} - - -char * -dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; -{ - return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category); -} - - -char * -ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n); -} - - -char * -dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); -} - - -char * -dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ - return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); -} - - -char * -textdomain (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - return textdomain__ (domainname); -} - - -char * -bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ - return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname); -} - - -char * -bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; -{ - return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset); -} diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in deleted file mode 100644 index 62d323c..0000000 --- a/intl/intlh.inst.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* Message catalogs for internationalization. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 - -@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, - int __category)); - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); - - -/* Optimized version of the functions above. */ -#if defined __OPTIMIZED -/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the - `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return - false. */ - -# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid) - -# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ - dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) - -# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) -/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign, - whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all - translations. */ -extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ - (__extension__ \ - ({ \ - char *__result; \ - if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ - { \ - static char *__translation__; \ - static int __catalog_counter__; \ - if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ - { \ - __translation__ = \ - (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ - } \ - __result = __translation__; \ - } \ - else \ - __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - __result; \ - })) -# endif -#endif /* Optimizing. */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c deleted file mode 100644 index 533e94b..0000000 --- a/intl/l10nflist.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,405 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). - This must come before because may include - , and once has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC -# ifndef strchr -# define strchr index -# endif -#endif - -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H -# include -#endif -#include -#include -#include - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ -#ifndef NULL -# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -# define NULL ((void *) 0) -# else -# define NULL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# ifndef stpcpy -# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) -# endif -#else -# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -# endif -#endif - -/* Define function which are usually not available. */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT -/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ -static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); - -static size_t -argz_count__ (argz, len) - const char *argz; - size_t len; -{ - size_t count = 0; - while (len > 0) - { - size_t part_len = strlen (argz); - argz += part_len + 1; - len -= part_len + 1; - count++; - } - return count; -} -# undef __argz_count -# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY -/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's - except the last into the character SEP. */ -static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); - -static void -argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) - char *argz; - size_t len; - int sep; -{ - while (len > 0) - { - size_t part_len = strlen (argz); - argz += part_len; - len -= part_len + 1; - if (len > 0) - *argz++ = sep; - } -} -# undef __argz_stringify -# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT -static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, - const char *entry)); - -static char * -argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) - char *argz; - size_t argz_len; - const char *entry; -{ - if (entry) - { - if (entry < argz + argz_len) - entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; - - return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; - } - else - if (argz_len > 0) - return argz; - else - return 0; -} -# undef __argz_next -# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ - - -/* Return number of bits set in X. */ -static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); - -static inline int -pop (x) - int x; -{ - /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ - x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); - x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); - x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; - x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; - - return x; -} - - -struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, - territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) - struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; - const char *dirlist; - size_t dirlist_len; - int mask; - const char *language; - const char *territory; - const char *codeset; - const char *normalized_codeset; - const char *modifier; - const char *special; - const char *sponsor; - const char *revision; - const char *filename; - int do_allocate; -{ - char *abs_filename; - struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL; - struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; - char *cp; - size_t entries; - int cnt; - - /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ - abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len - + strlen (language) - + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0 - ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 - ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 - ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) - + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 - || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) - ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0 - ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0) - + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 - || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) - ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 - ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 - ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) - + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); - - if (abs_filename == NULL) - return NULL; - - retval = NULL; - last = NULL; - - /* Construct file name. */ - memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len); - __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); - cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1); - *cp++ = '/'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, language); - - if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '_'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); - } - if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '.'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); - } - if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '.'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); - } - if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0) - { - /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different - leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */ - *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); - } - if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '+'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, special); - } - if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0) - { - *cp++ = ','; - if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0) - cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor); - if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '_'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, revision); - } - } - - *cp++ = '/'; - stpcpy (cp, filename); - - /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already - available. */ - last = NULL; - for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) - if (retval->filename != NULL) - { - int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It's not in the list. */ - retval = NULL; - break; - } - - last = retval; - } - - if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) - { - free (abs_filename); - return retval; - } - - retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *) - malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) - * (1 << pop (mask)) - * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); - if (retval == NULL) - return NULL; - - retval->filename = abs_filename; - retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1 - || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 - && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); - retval->data = NULL; - - if (last == NULL) - { - retval->next = *l10nfile_list; - *l10nfile_list = retval; - } - else - { - retval->next = last->next; - last->next = retval; - } - - entries = 0; - /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to - a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism - of the inner loop. */ - cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask; - for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt) - if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 - && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) - && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) - { - /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ - char *dir = NULL; - - while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) - != NULL) - retval->successor[entries++] - = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt, - language, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, 1); - } - retval->successor[entries] = NULL; - - return retval; -} - -/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset - names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common - names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be - freed by the caller. */ -const char * -_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) - const char *codeset; - size_t name_len; -{ - int len = 0; - int only_digit = 1; - char *retval; - char *wp; - size_t cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) - if (isalnum (codeset[cnt])) - { - ++len; - - if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) - only_digit = 0; - } - - retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); - - if (retval != NULL) - { - if (only_digit) - wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); - else - wp = retval; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) - if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) - *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]); - else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt])) - *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; - - *wp = '\0'; - } - - return (const char *) retval; -} - - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h deleted file mode 100644 index c5be54a..0000000 --- a/intl/libgettext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU . - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H -#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 - -/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */ -#if ENABLE_NLS - -/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */ -# include - -#else - -# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid) -# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid) -# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid) -# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ - ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) -# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ - ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) -# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \ - ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) -# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname)) -# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname)) -# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset)) - -#endif - -/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real - translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */ -#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str) - -#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */ diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h b/intl/libgnuintl.h deleted file mode 100644 index f891deb..0000000 --- a/intl/libgnuintl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/* Message catalogs for internationalization. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 - -#include - -/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions - gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. - On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. - On Solaris, defines __LOCALE_H then includes (i.e. - this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition - warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */ -#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H -# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 -#endif - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes - precedence over _conio_gettext. */ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ -# undef gettext -# define gettext gettext -#endif - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, - int __category)); - - -/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); - -/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)); - -/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); - -/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the - DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ -extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); - - -/* Optimized version of the functions above. */ -#if defined __OPTIMIZED -/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */ - -# define gettext(msgid) \ - dgettext (NULL, msgid) - -# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ - dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) - -# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \ - dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n) - -# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \ - dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES) - -#endif /* Optimizing. */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc deleted file mode 100644 index 8e5b8f9..0000000 --- a/intl/libintl.glibc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization. -Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This file is part of the GNU C Library. -Contributed by Ulrich Drepper. -This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package. - -The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as -published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the -License, or (at your option) any later version. - -The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -Library General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If -not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 -#include - -#include - -#define __need_NULL -#include - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -__BEGIN_DECLS - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid, int __category)); - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname)); -extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname)); - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__dirname)); -extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__dirname)); - - -/* Optimized version of the function above. */ -#if defined __OPTIMIZED -/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the - `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return - false. */ - -# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid) - -# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ - dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) - -# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) -# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ - (__extension__ \ - ({ \ - char *result; \ - if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ - { \ - extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ - static char *__translation__; \ - static int __catalog_counter__; \ - if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ - { \ - __translation__ = \ - __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ - } \ - result = __translation__; \ - } \ - else \ - result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - result; \ - })) -# endif -#endif /* Optimizing. */ - - -__END_DECLS - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed deleted file mode 100644 index 5918e72..0000000 --- a/intl/linux-msg.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file -# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Ulrich Drepper , 1995. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -# -# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the -# message set number. We use always set number 1. -# -1 { - i\ -$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed - h - s/.*/0/ - x -} -# -# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments. -# -# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. -# -/^msgid/ { - s/msgid[ ]*"// -# -# This does not work now with the new format. -# /"$/! { -# s/\\$// -# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ -# } - x -# The following nice solution is by -# Bruno - td -# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. -# First hide trailing `9' digits. - :d - s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ - td -# Assure at least one digit is available. - s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ -# Increment the last digit. - s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ - s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ - s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ - s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ - s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ - s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ - s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ - s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ - s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ -# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. - s/_/0/g - x - G - s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p -} -# -# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations -# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for -# each message we assign them to the messages. -# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file -# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order -# of declarations must not be changed.) -# -/^msgstr/ { - s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/ -# Clear substitution flag. - tb -# Append the next line. - :b - N -# Look whether second part is continuation line. - s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ -# Yes, then branch. - ta - P - D -# Note that D includes a jump to the start!! -# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. - :a - s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ - P -# We cannot use D here. - s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ - tb -} -d diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h deleted file mode 100644 index b861260..0000000 --- a/intl/loadinfo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1996. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LOADINFO_H -#define _LOADINFO_H 1 - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is - almost always true or almost always false. */ -#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT -# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) -#endif - -/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' -#else - /* Unix */ -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' -#endif - -/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ -#define CEN_REVISION 1 -#define CEN_SPONSOR 2 -#define CEN_SPECIAL 4 -#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8 -#define XPG_CODESET 16 -#define TERRITORY 32 -#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64 -#define XPG_MODIFIER 128 - -#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE) -#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER) - - -struct loaded_l10nfile -{ - const char *filename; - int decided; - - const void *data; - - struct loaded_l10nfile *next; - struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; -}; - - -/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset - names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common - names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be - freed by the caller. */ -extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, - size_t name_len)); - -extern struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, - const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, - const char *language, const char *territory, - const char *codeset, - const char *normalized_codeset, - const char *modifier, const char *special, - const char *sponsor, const char *revision, - const char *filename, int do_allocate)); - - -extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); - -/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by - the caller. */ -extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, - const char **modifier, - const char **territory, - const char **codeset, - const char **normalized_codeset, - const char **special, - const char **sponsor, - const char **revision)); - -extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name)); - -#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c deleted file mode 100644 index f99ebee..0000000 --- a/intl/loadmsgcat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,567 +0,0 @@ -/* Load needed message catalogs. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before because may include - , and once has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include -#include - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -# include -#endif - -#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ - || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) -# include -# undef HAVE_MMAP -# define HAVE_MMAP 1 -#else -# undef HAVE_MMAP -#endif - -#include "gettext.h" -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define open __open -# define close __close -# define read __read -# define mmap __mmap -# define munmap __munmap -#endif - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse -#else -# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__ -#endif - -/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -# define freea(p) /* nothing */ -#else -# define alloca(n) malloc (n) -# define freea(p) free (p) -#endif - -/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. - O_BINARY is usually declared in . */ -#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY - /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ -# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY -# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT -#endif -#ifdef __BEOS__ - /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ -# undef O_BINARY -# undef O_TEXT -#endif -/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ -#ifndef O_BINARY -# define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated - with all translations. This is important if the translations are - cached by one of GCC's features. */ -int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \ - || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) - -/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural - form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ -static const struct expression plvar = -{ - .nargs = 0, - .operation = var, -}; -static const struct expression plone = -{ - .nargs = 0, - .operation = num, - .val = - { - .num = 1 - } -}; -static struct expression germanic_plural = -{ - .nargs = 2, - .operation = not_equal, - .val = - { - .args = - { - [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, - [1] = (struct expression *) &plone - } - } -}; - -# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() - -#else - -/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: - Initialization at run-time. */ - -static struct expression plvar; -static struct expression plone; -static struct expression germanic_plural; - -static void -init_germanic_plural () -{ - if (plone.val.num == 0) - { - plvar.nargs = 0; - plvar.operation = var; - - plone.nargs = 0; - plone.operation = num; - plone.val.num = 1; - - germanic_plural.nargs = 2; - germanic_plural.operation = not_equal; - germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar; - germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone; - } -} - -# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () - -#endif - - -/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. - Return the header entry. */ -const char * -internal_function -_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct loaded_domain *domain; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. - This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this - entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset=' - information, we will assume the charset matches the one the - current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ - char *nullentry; - size_t nullentrylen; - - /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */ - domain->codeset_cntr = - (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0); -#ifdef _LIBC - domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1; -# endif -#endif - domain->conv_tab = NULL; - - /* Get the header entry. */ - nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen); - - if (nullentry != NULL) - { -#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV - const char *charsetstr; - - charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); - if (charsetstr != NULL) - { - size_t len; - char *charset; - const char *outcharset; - - charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); - len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); - - charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); -# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY - *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; -# else - memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); - charset[len] = '\0'; -# endif - - /* The output charset should normally be determined by the - locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly - set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override - this. Moreover, the value specified through - bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ - if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) - outcharset = domainbinding->codeset; - else - { - outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); - if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0') - { -# ifdef _LIBC - outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - extern const char *locale_charset (void); - outcharset = locale_charset (); -# endif -# endif - } - } - -# ifdef _LIBC - /* We always want to use transliteration. */ - outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); - charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL); - if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv, - GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV) - != __GCONV_OK) - domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */ -# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 - len = strlen (outcharset); - { - char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); - memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); - memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); - outcharset = tmp; - } -# endif - domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); -# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 - freea (outcharset); -# endif -# endif -# endif - - freea (charset); - } -#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ - } - - return nullentry; -} - -/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ -void -internal_function -_nl_free_domain_conv (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; -{ - if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) - free (domain->conv_tab); - -#ifdef _LIBC - if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) - __gconv_close (domain->conv); -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1) - iconv_close (domain->conv); -# endif -#endif -} - -/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid - message catalog do nothing. */ -void -internal_function -_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - int fd; - size_t size; -#ifdef _LIBC - struct stat64 st; -#else - struct stat st; -#endif - struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; - int use_mmap = 0; - struct loaded_domain *domain; - const char *nullentry; - - domain_file->decided = 1; - domain_file->data = NULL; - - /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file - because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after - a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ - - /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME - might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given - specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN - syntax. */ - if (domain_file->filename == NULL) - return; - - /* Try to open the addressed file. */ - fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); - if (fd == -1) - return; - - /* We must know about the size of the file. */ - if ( -#ifdef _LIBC - __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) -#else - __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) -#endif - || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) - || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) - { - /* Something went wrong. */ - close (fd); - return; - } - -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try - this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ - data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, - MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); - - if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) - { - /* mmap() call was successful. */ - close (fd); - use_mmap = 1; - } -#endif - - /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load - it manually. */ - if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) - { - size_t to_read; - char *read_ptr; - - data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); - if (data == NULL) - return; - - to_read = size; - read_ptr = (char *) data; - do - { - long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); - if (nb <= 0) - { -#ifdef EINTR - if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) - continue; -#endif - close (fd); - return; - } - read_ptr += nb; - to_read -= nb; - } - while (to_read > 0); - - close (fd); - } - - /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message - catalog file. */ - if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, - 0)) - { - /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - if (use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); - else -#endif - free (data); - return; - } - - domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); - if (domain == NULL) - return; - domain_file->data = domain; - - domain->data = (char *) data; - domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; - domain->mmap_size = size; - domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; - - /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ - switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision)) - { - case 0: - domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); - domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); - domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); - domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); - domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)); - break; - default: - /* This is an invalid revision. */ -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - if (use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); - else -#endif - free (data); - free (domain); - domain_file->data = NULL; - return; - } - - /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set - the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's - specified character set or the locale's character set. */ - nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); - - /* Also look for a plural specification. */ - if (nullentry != NULL) - { - const char *plural; - const char *nplurals; - - plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); - nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); - if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) - goto no_plural; - else - { - /* First get the number. */ - char *endp; - unsigned long int n; - struct parse_args args; - - nplurals += 9; - while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals)) - ++nplurals; -#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC - n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); -#else - for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) - n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); -#endif - domain->nplurals = n; - if (nplurals == endp) - goto no_plural; - - /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the - scanner function we have to put the input string and the result - passed up from the parser into the same structure which address - is passed down to the parser. */ - plural += 7; - args.cp = plural; - if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) - goto no_plural; - domain->plural = args.res; - } - } - else - { - /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only - for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what - English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ - no_plural: - INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); - domain->plural = &germanic_plural; - domain->nplurals = 2; - } -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -void -internal_function -_nl_unload_domain (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; -{ - if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural) - __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); - - _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); - -# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES - if (domain->use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); - else -# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ - free ((void *) domain->data); - - free (domain); -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c deleted file mode 100644 index 61f8f3e..0000000 --- a/intl/localcharset.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. - - Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Written by Bruno Haible . */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#if HAVE_STDDEF_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#if HAVE_STRING_H -# include -#else -# include -#endif -#if HAVE_STDLIB_H -# include -#endif - -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ -# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ -# define WIN32 -#endif - -#ifndef WIN32 -# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET -# include -# else -# if HAVE_SETLOCALE -# include -# endif -# endif -#else /* WIN32 */ -# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -# include -#endif - -#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR -# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' -#endif - -#ifndef ISSLASH -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) -#endif - -/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a - possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we - are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize - 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, - and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' - are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ -#if __STDC__ != 1 -# define volatile /* empty */ -#endif -/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been - read, else NULL. Its format is: - ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ -static const char * volatile charset_aliases; - -/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ -static const char * -get_charset_aliases () -{ - const char *cp; - - cp = charset_aliases; - if (cp == NULL) - { -#ifndef WIN32 - FILE *fp; - const char *dir = LIBDIR; - const char *base = "charset.alias"; - char *file_name; - - /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ - { - size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); - size_t base_len = strlen (base); - int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); - file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); - if (file_name != NULL) - { - memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); - if (add_slash) - file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; - memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); - } - } - - if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) - /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ - cp = ""; - else - { - /* Parse the file's contents. */ - int c; - char buf1[50+1]; - char buf2[50+1]; - char *res_ptr = NULL; - size_t res_size = 0; - size_t l1, l2; - - for (;;) - { - c = getc (fp); - if (c == EOF) - break; - if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') - continue; - if (c == '#') - { - /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ - do - c = getc (fp); - while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); - if (c == EOF) - break; - continue; - } - ungetc (c, fp); - if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) - break; - l1 = strlen (buf1); - l2 = strlen (buf2); - if (res_size == 0) - { - res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; - res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1); - } - else - { - res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; - res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); - } - if (res_ptr == NULL) - { - /* Out of memory. */ - res_size = 0; - break; - } - strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); - strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); - } - fclose (fp); - if (res_size == 0) - cp = ""; - else - { - *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; - cp = res_ptr; - } - } - - if (file_name != NULL) - free (file_name); - -#else /* WIN32 */ - - /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same - directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at - runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ - - cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" - "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"; -#endif - - charset_aliases = cp; - } - - return cp; -} - -/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it - into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. - The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. - If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical - name. */ - -#ifdef STATIC -STATIC -#endif -const char * -locale_charset () -{ - const char *codeset; - const char *aliases; - -#ifndef WIN32 - -# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET - - /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ - codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); - -# else - - /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ - const char *locale = NULL; - - /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some - (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't - use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the - locale name the user has set. */ -# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 - locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); -# endif - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - { - locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - { - locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - locale = getenv ("LANG"); - } - } - - /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, - you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it - through the charset.alias file. */ - codeset = locale; - -# endif - -#else /* WIN32 */ - - static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; - - /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ - sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); - codeset = buf; - -#endif - - if (codeset == NULL) - /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ - codeset = ""; - - /* Resolve alias. */ - for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); - *aliases != '\0'; - aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) - if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 - || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) - { - codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; - break; - } - - return codeset; -} diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias deleted file mode 100644 index bd7b9b3..0000000 --- a/intl/locale.alias +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -# Locale name alias data base. -# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. - -# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of -# the X Window System, which normally can be found in -# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias -# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. -# All entries are case independent. - -# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for -# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share -# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to -# bugs@gnu.org. - -# Packages using this file: - -bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 -croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 -czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 -danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 -dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 -deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 -dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 -eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 -estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 -finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 -français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 -french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 -galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 -galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 -german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 -greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 -hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 -hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 -hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 -icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 -italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 -japanese ja_JP.eucJP -japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP -ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP -ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP -japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS -korean ko_KR.eucKR -korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR -ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR -lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 -nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 -polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 -portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 -romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 -russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 -slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 -slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 -slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 -spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 -swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 -thai th_TH.TIS-620 -turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c deleted file mode 100644 index 91e7acc..0000000 --- a/intl/localealias.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,404 +0,0 @@ -/* Handle aliases for locale names. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before because may include - , and once has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include - -#include -#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC -# ifndef strchr -# define strchr index -# endif -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp - -# ifndef mempcpy -# define mempcpy __mempcpy -# endif -# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 - -/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ -# include - -__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -# define freea(p) /* nothing */ -#else -# define alloca(n) malloc (n) -# define freea(p) free (p) -#endif - -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED -# undef fgets -# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) -#endif -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED -# undef feof -# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) -#endif - - -struct alias_map -{ - const char *alias; - const char *value; -}; - - -static char *string_space; -static size_t string_space_act; -static size_t string_space_max; -static struct alias_map *map; -static size_t nmap; -static size_t maxmap; - - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) - internal_function; -static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); -static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, - const struct alias_map *map2)); - - -const char * -_nl_expand_alias (name) - const char *name; -{ - static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; - struct alias_map *retval; - const char *result = NULL; - size_t added; - -#ifdef _LIBC - __libc_lock_lock (lock); -#endif - - do - { - struct alias_map item; - - item.alias = name; - - if (nmap > 0) - retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, - sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, - const void *)) - ) alias_compare); - else - retval = NULL; - - /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ - if (retval != NULL) - { - result = retval->value; - break; - } - - /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ - added = 0; - while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') - { - const char *start; - - while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) - ++locale_alias_path; - start = locale_alias_path; - - while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' - && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) - ++locale_alias_path; - - if (start < locale_alias_path) - added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); - } - } - while (added != 0); - -#ifdef _LIBC - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); -#endif - - return result; -} - - -static size_t -internal_function -read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) - const char *fname; - int fname_len; -{ - FILE *fp; - char *full_fname; - size_t added; - static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; - - full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); -#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY - mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), - aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); -#else - memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); - memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); -#endif - - fp = fopen (full_fname, "r"); - freea (full_fname); - if (fp == NULL) - return 0; - - added = 0; - while (!feof (fp)) - { - /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because - a) we are only interested in the first two fields - b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not - be that long - */ - char buf[BUFSIZ]; - char *alias; - char *value; - char *cp; - - if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) - /* EOF reached. */ - break; - - /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore - the rest of the line. */ - if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) - { - char altbuf[BUFSIZ]; - do - if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL) - /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop - will exit at the `feof' test. */ - break; - while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL); - } - - cp = buf; - /* Ignore leading white space. */ - while (isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - - /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ - if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') - { - alias = cp++; - while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - /* Terminate alias name. */ - if (cp[0] != '\0') - *cp++ = '\0'; - - /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ - while (isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - - if (cp[0] != '\0') - { - size_t alias_len; - size_t value_len; - - value = cp++; - while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - /* Terminate value. */ - if (cp[0] == '\n') - { - /* This has to be done to make the following test - for the end of line possible. We are looking for - the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ - *cp++ = '\0'; - *cp = '\n'; - } - else if (cp[0] != '\0') - *cp++ = '\0'; - - if (nmap >= maxmap) - if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) - return added; - - alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; - value_len = strlen (value) + 1; - - if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) - { - /* Increase size of memory pool. */ - size_t new_size = (string_space_max - + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 - ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); - char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); - if (new_pool == NULL) - return added; - - if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) - { - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) - { - map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; - map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; - } - } - - string_space = new_pool; - string_space_max = new_size; - } - - map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], - alias, alias_len); - string_space_act += alias_len; - - map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], - value, value_len); - string_space_act += value_len; - - ++nmap; - ++added; - } - } - } - - /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore - errors. --drepper */ - fclose (fp); - - if (added > 0) - qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); - - return added; -} - - -static int -extend_alias_table () -{ - size_t new_size; - struct alias_map *new_map; - - new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; - new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size - * sizeof (struct alias_map))); - if (new_map == NULL) - /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ - return -1; - - map = new_map; - maxmap = new_size; - return 0; -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -static void __attribute__ ((unused)) -free_mem (void) -{ - if (string_space != NULL) - free (string_space); - if (map != NULL) - free (map); -} -text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); -#endif - - -static int -alias_compare (map1, map2) - const struct alias_map *map1; - const struct alias_map *map2; -{ -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP - return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); -#else - const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; - const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; - unsigned char c1, c2; - - if (p1 == p2) - return 0; - - do - { - /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in - some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ - c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; - c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; - if (c1 == '\0') - break; - ++p1; - ++p2; - } - while (c1 == c2); - - return c1 - c2; -#endif -} diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index fb3ec5a..0000000 --- a/intl/ngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# define __need_NULL -# include -#else -# include /* Just for NULL. */ -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -#include - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define NGETTEXT __ngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -#else -# define NGETTEXT ngettext__ -# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -char * -NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c deleted file mode 100644 index 640d43c..0000000 --- a/intl/plural.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1326 +0,0 @@ - -/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y - by GNU Bison version 1.28 */ - -#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ - -#define yyparse __gettextparse -#define yylex __gettextlex -#define yyerror __gettexterror -#define yylval __gettextlval -#define yychar __gettextchar -#define yydebug __gettextdebug -#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs -#define EQUOP2 257 -#define CMPOP2 258 -#define ADDOP2 259 -#define MULOP2 260 -#define NUMBER 261 - -#line 1 "plural.y" - -/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this - declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's - skeleton file comes too late. This must come before - because may include arbitrary system headers. */ -#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ - #pragma alloca -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp -#else -# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ -# define __gettextparse gettextparse__ -#endif - -#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp -#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg - -#line 53 "plural.y" -typedef union { - unsigned long int num; - enum operator op; - struct expression *exp; -} YYSTYPE; -#line 59 "plural.y" - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); - -/* Allocation of expressions. */ - -static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; -{ - int i; - struct expression *newp; - - /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - if (args[i] == NULL) - goto fail; - - /* Allocate a new expression. */ - newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->nargs = nargs; - newp->operation = op; - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; - return newp; - } - - fail: - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); - - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; -{ - return new_exp (0, op, NULL); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[1]; - - args[0] = right; - return new_exp (1, op, args); -} - -static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[2]; - - args[0] = left; - args[1] = right; - return new_exp (2, op, args); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; -{ - struct expression *args[3]; - - args[0] = bexp; - args[1] = tbranch; - args[2] = fbranch; - return new_exp (3, op, args); -} - -#include - -#ifndef __cplusplus -#ifndef __STDC__ -#define const -#endif -#endif - - - -#define YYFINAL 27 -#define YYFLAG -32768 -#define YYNTBASE 16 - -#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) - -static const char yytranslate[] = { 0, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14, - 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, - 11 -}; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 -static const short yyprhs[] = { 0, - 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35, - 37, 39 -}; - -static const short yyrhs[] = { 17, - 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17, - 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17, - 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17, - 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17, - 15, 0 -}; - -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 -static const short yyrline[] = { 0, - 178, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210, 214, 218, - 222, 227 -}; -#endif - - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) - -static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'", -"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'", -"start","exp", NULL -}; -#endif - -static const short yyr1[] = { 0, - 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, - 17, 17 -}; - -static const short yyr2[] = { 0, - 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, - 1, 3 -}; - -static const short yydefact[] = { 0, - 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, - 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 -}; - -static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25, - 5 -}; - -static const short yypact[] = { -9, - -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9, - -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26, - -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 -}; - -static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768, - -1 -}; - - -#define YYLAST 53 - - -static const short yytable[] = { 6, - 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, - 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, - 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12, - 13, 14, 27 -}; - -static const short yycheck[] = { 1, - 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, - 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6, - 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6, - 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7, - 8, 9, 0 -}; -#define YYPURE 1 - -/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ -#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" -/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */ - -/* Skeleton output parser for bison, - Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a - Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. - This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation - in version 1.24 of Bison. */ - -/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser - when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. - It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser - used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ - -#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#ifdef alloca -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#else /* alloca not defined */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#else /* not GNU C. */ -#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386)) -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#include -#else /* not sparc */ -/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */ -/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea - since that symbol is in the user namespace. */ -#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__) -#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace; - instead, just don't use alloca. */ -#include -#endif -#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ -#if defined(_AIX) -/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace. - So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */ -/* #include */ - #pragma alloca -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */ -#if 0 -#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up, - and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */ -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#endif /* __hpux */ -#endif -#endif /* not _AIX */ -#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ -#endif /* not sparc */ -#endif /* not GNU C */ -#endif /* alloca not defined */ -#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */ - -#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca -#else -#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc -#endif - -/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file. - It is replaced by the list of actions, each action - as one case of the switch. */ - -#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) -#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) -#define YYEMPTY -2 -#define YYEOF 0 -#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab -#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab -#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 -/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. - This remains here temporarily to ease the - transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. - Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ -#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab -#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) -#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \ -do \ - if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ - { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \ - yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ - YYPOPSTACK; \ - goto yybackup; \ - } \ - else \ - { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \ -while (0) - -#define YYTERROR 1 -#define YYERRCODE 256 - -#ifndef YYPURE -#define YYLEX yylex() -#endif - -#ifdef YYPURE -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED -#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) -#else -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc) -#endif -#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ -#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) -#else -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval) -#endif -#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ -#endif - -/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */ - -#ifndef YYPURE - -int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */ -YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */ - /* lookahead symbol */ - -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED -YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */ - /* symbol */ -#endif - -int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */ -#endif /* not YYPURE */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 -int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */ -/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers - from coexisting. */ -#endif - -/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */ - -#ifndef YYINITDEPTH -#define YYINITDEPTH 200 -#endif - -/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to - (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */ - -#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 -#undef YYMAXDEPTH -#endif - -#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH -#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 -#endif - -/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument - should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC - definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg - of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */ - -#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */ -#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) -#else /* not GNU C or C++ */ -#ifndef __cplusplus - -/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities - in available built-in functions on various systems. */ -static void -__yy_memcpy (to, from, count) - char *to; - char *from; - unsigned int count; -{ - register char *f = from; - register char *t = to; - register int i = count; - - while (i-- > 0) - *t++ = *f++; -} - -#else /* __cplusplus */ - -/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities - in available built-in functions on various systems. */ -static void -__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count) -{ - register char *t = to; - register char *f = from; - register int i = count; - - while (i-- > 0) - *t++ = *f++; -} - -#endif -#endif - -#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" - -/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed - into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. - It should actually point to an object. - Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it - to the proper pointer type. */ - -#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM -#ifdef __cplusplus -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -#else /* not __cplusplus */ -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; -#endif /* not __cplusplus */ -#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ - -/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM -int yyparse (void *); -#else -int yyparse (void); -#endif -#endif - -int -yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) - YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -{ - register int yystate; - register int yyn; - register short *yyssp; - register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; - int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */ - int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */ - - short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */ - YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */ - - short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */ - YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */ - -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */ - YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; - YYLTYPE *yylsp; - -#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) -#else -#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) -#endif - - int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; - int yyfree_stacks = 0; - -#ifdef YYPURE - int yychar; - YYSTYPE yylval; - int yynerrs; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE yylloc; -#endif -#endif - - YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */ - /* semantic values from the action */ - /* routines */ - - int yylen; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n"); -#endif - - yystate = 0; - yyerrstatus = 0; - yynerrs = 0; - yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ - - /* Initialize stack pointers. - Waste one element of value and location stack - so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. - The wasted elements are never initialized. */ - - yyssp = yyss - 1; - yyvsp = yyvs; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp = yyls; -#endif - -/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */ -/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks - have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ -yynewstate: - - *++yyssp = yystate; - - if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) - { - /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */ - /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */ - YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; - short *yyss1 = yyss; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; -#endif - - /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ - int size = yyssp - yyss + 1; - -#ifdef yyoverflow - /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of - the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, - but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ - yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", - &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), - &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), - &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp), - &yystacksize); -#else - yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", - &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), - &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), - &yystacksize); -#endif - - yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yyls = yyls1; -#endif -#else /* no yyoverflow */ - /* Extend the stack our own way. */ - if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) - { - yyerror("parser stack overflow"); - if (yyfree_stacks) - { - free (yyss); - free (yyvs); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - free (yyls); -#endif - } - return 2; - } - yystacksize *= 2; - if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) - yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; -#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA - yyfree_stacks = 1; -#endif - yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp)); - __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1, - size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp)); - yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp)); - __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1, - size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp)); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp)); - __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1, - size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp)); -#endif -#endif /* no yyoverflow */ - - yyssp = yyss + size - 1; - yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp = yyls + size - 1; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize); -#endif - - if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) - YYABORT; - } - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate); -#endif - - goto yybackup; - yybackup: - -/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ -/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ -/* yyresume: */ - - /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ - - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yydefault; - - /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ - - /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF - or a valid token in external form. */ - - if (yychar == YYEMPTY) - { -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: "); -#endif - yychar = YYLEX; - } - - /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ - - if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ - { - yychar1 = 0; - yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"); -#endif - } - else - { - yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar); - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); - /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning - of a token, for further debugging info. */ -#ifdef YYPRINT - YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); -#endif - fprintf (stderr, ")\n"); - } -#endif - } - - yyn += yychar1; - if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) - goto yydefault; - - yyn = yytable[yyn]; - - /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. - Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. - Positive => shift, yyn is new state. - New state is final state => don't bother to shift, - just return success. - 0, or most negative number => error. */ - - if (yyn < 0) - { - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrlab; - yyn = -yyn; - goto yyreduce; - } - else if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrlab; - - if (yyn == YYFINAL) - YYACCEPT; - - /* Shift the lookahead token. */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); -#endif - - /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ - if (yychar != YYEOF) - yychar = YYEMPTY; - - *++yyvsp = yylval; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - *++yylsp = yylloc; -#endif - - /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */ - if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--; - - yystate = yyn; - goto yynewstate; - -/* Do the default action for the current state. */ -yydefault: - - yyn = yydefact[yystate]; - if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrlab; - -/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ -yyreduce: - yylen = yyr2[yyn]; - if (yylen > 0) - yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - int i; - - fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", - yyn, yyrline[yyn]); - - /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ - for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++) - fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]); - fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); - } -#endif - - - switch (yyn) { - -case 1: -#line 179 "plural.y" -{ - if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) - YYABORT; - ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; - ; - break;} -case 2: -#line 187 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 3: -#line 191 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 4: -#line 195 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 5: -#line 199 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 6: -#line 203 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 7: -#line 207 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 8: -#line 211 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 9: -#line 215 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 10: -#line 219 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); - ; - break;} -case 11: -#line 223 "plural.y" -{ - if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) - yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; - ; - break;} -case 12: -#line 228 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; - ; - break;} -} - /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */ -#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" - - yyvsp -= yylen; - yyssp -= yylen; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp -= yylen; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; - fprintf (stderr, "state stack now"); - while (ssp1 != yyssp) - fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); - fprintf (stderr, "\n"); - } -#endif - - *++yyvsp = yyval; - -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp++; - if (yylen == 0) - { - yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line; - yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column; - yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line; - yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column; - yylsp->text = 0; - } - else - { - yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line; - yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column; - } -#endif - - /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction. - Determine what state that goes to, - based on the state we popped back to - and the rule number reduced by. */ - - yyn = yyr1[yyn]; - - yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; - if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) - yystate = yytable[yystate]; - else - yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; - - goto yynewstate; - -yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */ - - if (! yyerrstatus) - /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ - { - ++yynerrs; - -#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - - if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) - { - int size = 0; - char *msg; - int x, count; - - count = 0; - /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */ - for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); - x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) - if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) - size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++; - msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15); - if (msg != 0) - { - strcpy(msg, "parse error"); - - if (count < 5) - { - count = 0; - for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); - x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) - if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) - { - strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `"); - strcat(msg, yytname[x]); - strcat(msg, "'"); - count++; - } - } - yyerror(msg); - free(msg); - } - else - yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded"); - } - else -#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */ - yyerror("parse error"); - } - - goto yyerrlab1; -yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */ - - if (yyerrstatus == 3) - { - /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */ - - /* return failure if at end of input */ - if (yychar == YYEOF) - YYABORT; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); -#endif - - yychar = YYEMPTY; - } - - /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token - after shifting the error token. */ - - yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ - - goto yyerrhandle; - -yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */ - -#if 0 - /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens - should shift them. */ - yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/ - if (yyn) goto yydefault; -#endif - -yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */ - - if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT; - yyvsp--; - yystate = *--yyssp; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp--; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; - fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); - while (ssp1 != yyssp) - fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); - fprintf (stderr, "\n"); - } -#endif - -yyerrhandle: - - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrdefault; - - yyn += YYTERROR; - if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) - goto yyerrdefault; - - yyn = yytable[yyn]; - if (yyn < 0) - { - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrpop; - yyn = -yyn; - goto yyreduce; - } - else if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrpop; - - if (yyn == YYFINAL) - YYACCEPT; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, "); -#endif - - *++yyvsp = yylval; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - *++yylsp = yylloc; -#endif - - yystate = yyn; - goto yynewstate; - - yyacceptlab: - /* YYACCEPT comes here. */ - if (yyfree_stacks) - { - free (yyss); - free (yyvs); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - free (yyls); -#endif - } - return 0; - - yyabortlab: - /* YYABORT comes here. */ - if (yyfree_stacks) - { - free (yyss); - free (yyvs); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - free (yyls); -#endif - } - return 1; -} -#line 233 "plural.y" - - -void -internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; -{ - if (exp == NULL) - return; - - /* Handle the recursive case. */ - switch (exp->nargs) - { - case 3: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 2: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - default: - break; - } - - free (exp); -} - - -static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; -{ - const char *exp = *pexp; - int result; - - while (1) - { - if (exp[0] == '\0') - { - *pexp = exp; - return YYEOF; - } - - if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') - break; - - ++exp; - } - - result = *exp++; - switch (result) - { - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': - { - unsigned long int n = result - '0'; - while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') - { - n *= 10; - n += exp[0] - '0'; - ++exp; - } - lval->num = n; - result = NUMBER; - } - break; - - case '=': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '!': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = not_equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - break; - - case '&': - case '|': - if (exp[0] == result) - ++exp; - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '<': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = less_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = less_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '>': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = greater_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = greater_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '*': - lval->op = mult; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '/': - lval->op = divide; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '%': - lval->op = module; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '+': - lval->op = plus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case '-': - lval->op = minus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case 'n': - case '?': - case ':': - case '(': - case ')': - /* Nothing, just return the character. */ - break; - - case ';': - case '\n': - case '\0': - /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ - --exp; - result = YYEOF; - break; - - default: - result = YYERRCODE; -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - --exp; -#endif - break; - } - - *pexp = exp; - - return result; -} - - -static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; -{ - /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ -} diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y deleted file mode 100644 index be049a6..0000000 --- a/intl/plural.y +++ /dev/null @@ -1,413 +0,0 @@ -%{ -/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this - declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's - skeleton file comes too late. This must come before - because may include arbitrary system headers. */ -#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ - #pragma alloca -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp -#else -# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ -# define __gettextparse gettextparse__ -#endif - -#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp -#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg -%} -%pure_parser -%expect 10 - -%union { - unsigned long int num; - enum operator op; - struct expression *exp; -} - -%{ -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); - -/* Allocation of expressions. */ - -static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; -{ - int i; - struct expression *newp; - - /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - if (args[i] == NULL) - goto fail; - - /* Allocate a new expression. */ - newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->nargs = nargs; - newp->operation = op; - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; - return newp; - } - - fail: - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); - - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; -{ - return new_exp (0, op, NULL); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[1]; - - args[0] = right; - return new_exp (1, op, args); -} - -static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[2]; - - args[0] = left; - args[1] = right; - return new_exp (2, op, args); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; -{ - struct expression *args[3]; - - args[0] = bexp; - args[1] = tbranch; - args[2] = fbranch; - return new_exp (3, op, args); -} - -%} - -/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the - precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. - There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. - Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single - token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ -%right '?' /* ? */ -%left '|' /* || */ -%left '&' /* && */ -%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ -%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ -%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ -%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ -%right '!' /* ! */ - -%token EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 -%token NUMBER -%type exp - -%% - -start: exp - { - if ($1 == NULL) - YYABORT; - ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; - } - ; - -exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); - } - | exp '|' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); - } - | exp '&' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); - } - | exp EQUOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp CMPOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp ADDOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp MULOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | '!' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); - } - | 'n' - { - $$ = new_exp_0 (var); - } - | NUMBER - { - if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) - $$->val.num = $1; - } - | '(' exp ')' - { - $$ = $2; - } - ; - -%% - -void -internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; -{ - if (exp == NULL) - return; - - /* Handle the recursive case. */ - switch (exp->nargs) - { - case 3: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 2: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - default: - break; - } - - free (exp); -} - - -static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; -{ - const char *exp = *pexp; - int result; - - while (1) - { - if (exp[0] == '\0') - { - *pexp = exp; - return YYEOF; - } - - if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') - break; - - ++exp; - } - - result = *exp++; - switch (result) - { - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': - { - unsigned long int n = result - '0'; - while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') - { - n *= 10; - n += exp[0] - '0'; - ++exp; - } - lval->num = n; - result = NUMBER; - } - break; - - case '=': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '!': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = not_equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - break; - - case '&': - case '|': - if (exp[0] == result) - ++exp; - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '<': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = less_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = less_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '>': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = greater_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = greater_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '*': - lval->op = mult; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '/': - lval->op = divide; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '%': - lval->op = module; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '+': - lval->op = plus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case '-': - lval->op = minus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case 'n': - case '?': - case ':': - case '(': - case ')': - /* Nothing, just return the character. */ - break; - - case ';': - case '\n': - case '\0': - /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ - --exp; - result = YYEOF; - break; - - default: - result = YYERRCODE; -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - --exp; -#endif - break; - } - - *pexp = exp; - - return result; -} - - -static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; -{ - /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ -} diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in deleted file mode 100644 index b3bcca4..0000000 --- a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets -# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Ulrich Drepper , 1995. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -1 { - i\ -/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\ -\ -#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\ -# include \ -#endif\ -\ -#include "libgettext.h"\ -\ -const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = { - h - s/.*/0/ - x -} -# -# Write msgid entries in C array form. -# -/^msgid/ { - s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/ - tb -# Append the next line - :b - N -# Look whether second part is continuation line. - s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/ -# Yes, then branch. - ta -# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line -# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore -# it. - s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/ - bc -# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. - :a - s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ - P -# We cannot use D here. - s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ -# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t''' -# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it. - tb -# Not reached - :c - x -# The following nice solution is by -# Bruno - td -# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. -# First hide trailing `9' digits. - :d - s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ - td -# Assure at least one digit is available. - s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ -# Increment the last digit. - s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ - s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ - s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ - s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ - s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ - s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ - s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ - s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ - s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ -# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. - s/_/0/g - x - G - s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/ - s/\(.*\)"$/\1/ - p -} -# -# Last line. -# -$ { - i\ -};\ - - g - s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p -} -d diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin deleted file mode 100644 index 167374e..0000000 --- a/intl/ref-add.sin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# Written by Bruno Haible . -# -/^# Packages using this file: / { - s/# Packages using this file:// - ta - :a - s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / - tb - s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / - :b - s/^/# Packages using this file:/ -} diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin deleted file mode 100644 index 613cf37..0000000 --- a/intl/ref-del.sin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# Written by Bruno Haible . -# -/^# Packages using this file: / { - s/# Packages using this file:// - s/ @PACKAGE@ / / - s/^/# Packages using this file:/ -} diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2e420ad..0000000 --- a/intl/textdomain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ -# include -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ -# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Name of the default text domain. */ -extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[]; - -/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ -extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain; - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) -# endif -#else -# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__ -#endif - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -char * -TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - char *new_domain; - char *old_domain; - - /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - - __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); - - old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - - /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ - if (domainname[0] == '\0' - || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) - { - _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; - new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - } - else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) - /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some - environment variable changed. */ - new_domain = old_domain; - else - { - /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' - will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we - are out of core. */ -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - new_domain = strdup (domainname); -#else - size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; - new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); - if (new_domain != NULL) - memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); -#endif - - if (new_domain != NULL) - _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; - } - - /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs - since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we - to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ - if (new_domain != NULL) - { - ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) - free (old_domain); - } - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - - return new_domain; -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); -#endif diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed deleted file mode 100644 index b19c0bb..0000000 --- a/intl/xopen-msg.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file -# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Ulrich Drepper , 1995. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -# -# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the -# message set number. We use always set number 1. -# -1 { - i\ -$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed - h - s/.*/0/ - x -} -# -# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help. -# -/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p -# -# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. -# -/^msgid/ { -# Does not work now -# /"$/! { -# s/\\$// -# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ -# } - s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/ - p -} -# -# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations -# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for -# each message we assign them to the messages. -# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file -# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order -# of declarations must not be changed.) -# -/^msgstr/ { - s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/ - x -# The following nice solution is by -# Bruno - td -# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. -# First hide trailing `9' digits. - :d - s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ - td -# Assure at least one digit is available. - s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ -# Increment the last digit. - s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ - s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ - s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ - s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ - s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ - s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ - s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ - s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ - s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ -# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. - s/_/0/g - x -# Bring the line in the format ` ' - G - s/^[^\n]*$/& / - s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/ -# Clear flag from last substitution. - tb -# Append the next line. - :b - N -# Look whether second part is a continuation line. - s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ -# Yes, then branch. - ta - P - D -# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!! -# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. - :a - s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ - P -# We cannot use the sed command `D' here - s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ - tb -} -d diff --git a/macros2/.cvsignore b/macros2/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 347fe39..0000000 --- a/macros2/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -macros.dep -gnome2-macros.dep diff --git a/macros2/Makefile.am b/macros2/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 5cfdc6f..0000000 --- a/macros2/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -## Please update this variable if any new macros are created - -GNOME2_MACROS = \ - gnome-common.m4 \ - gnome-compiler-flags.m4 - -EXTRA_DIST = $(GNOME2_MACROS) gnome-autogen.sh - -aclocaldir = $(datadir)/aclocal -aclocal_DATA = $(GNOME2_MACROS) - -bin_SCRIPTS = gnome-autogen.sh diff --git a/macros2/README.cvs-commits b/macros2/README.cvs-commits deleted file mode 100644 index 88e3d58..0000000 --- a/macros2/README.cvs-commits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS - -which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects -a very large number of modules. - -Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you -commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me -a patch and I'll commit it for you it it's ok. - -Thanks for your understanding, - -August 1st, 2001 -Martin Baulig - diff --git a/macros2/gnome-autogen.sh b/macros2/gnome-autogen.sh deleted file mode 100644 index 54c8e32..0000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-autogen.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,468 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc. - -#name of package -PKG_NAME=${PKG_NAME:-Package} -srcdir=${srcdir:-.} - -# default version requirements ... -REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION=${REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION:-2.53} -REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION=${REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION:-1.4} -REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION=${REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION:-1.4.3} -REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION:-0.10.40} -REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION:-2.2.0} -REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION=${REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION:-0.25} -REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION=${REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION:-0.14.0} -REQUIRED_GTK_DOC_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GTK_DOC_VERSION:-1.0} -REQUIRED_DOC_COMMON_VERSION=${REQUIRED_DOC_COMMON_VERSION:-2.3.0} -REQUIRED_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_VERSION:-0.3.2} - -# a list of required m4 macros. Package can set an initial value -REQUIRED_M4MACROS=${REQUIRED_M4MACROS:-} -FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS=${FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS:-} - -# Not all echo versions allow -n, so we check what is possible. This test is -# based on the one in autoconf. -case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in - *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ;; - *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ;; - *) ECHO_N= ;; -esac - -# some terminal codes ... -boldface="`tput bold 2>/dev/null`" -normal="`tput sgr0 2>/dev/null`" -printbold() { - echo $ECHO_N "$boldface" - echo "$@" - echo $ECHO_N "$normal" -} -printerr() { - echo "$@" >&2 -} - -# Usage: -# compare_versions MIN_VERSION ACTUAL_VERSION -# returns true if ACTUAL_VERSION >= MIN_VERSION -compare_versions() { - ch_min_version=$1 - ch_actual_version=$2 - ch_status=0 - IFS="${IFS= }"; ch_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="." - set $ch_actual_version - for ch_min in $ch_min_version; do - ch_cur=`echo $1 | sed 's/[^0-9].*$//'`; shift # remove letter suffixes - if [ -z "$ch_min" ]; then break; fi - if [ -z "$ch_cur" ]; then ch_status=1; break; fi - if [ $ch_cur -gt $ch_min ]; then break; fi - if [ $ch_cur -lt $ch_min ]; then ch_status=1; break; fi - done - IFS="$ch_save_IFS" - return $ch_status -} - -# Usage: -# version_check PACKAGE VARIABLE CHECKPROGS MIN_VERSION SOURCE -# checks to see if the package is available -version_check() { - vc_package=$1 - vc_variable=$2 - vc_checkprogs=$3 - vc_min_version=$4 - vc_source=$5 - vc_status=1 - - vc_checkprog=`eval echo "\\$$vc_variable"` - if [ -n "$vc_checkprog" ]; then - printbold "using $vc_checkprog for $vc_package" - return 0 - fi - - if test "x$vc_package" = "xautomake" -a "x$vc_min_version" = "x1.4"; then - vc_comparator="=" - else - vc_comparator=">=" - fi - printbold "checking for $vc_package $vc_comparator $vc_min_version..." - for vc_checkprog in $vc_checkprogs; do - echo $ECHO_N " testing $vc_checkprog... " - if $vc_checkprog --version < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then - vc_actual_version=`$vc_checkprog --version | head -n 1 | \ - sed 's/^.*[ ]\([0-9.]*[a-z]*\).*$/\1/'` - if compare_versions $vc_min_version $vc_actual_version; then - echo "found $vc_actual_version" - # set variables - eval "$vc_variable=$vc_checkprog; \ - ${vc_variable}_VERSION=$vc_actual_version" - vc_status=0 - break - else - echo "too old (found version $vc_actual_version)" - fi - else - echo "not found." - fi - done - if [ "$vc_status" != 0 ]; then - printerr "***Error***: You must have $vc_package $vc_comparator $vc_min_version installed" - printerr " to build $PKG_NAME. Download the appropriate package for" - printerr " from your distribution or get the source tarball at" - printerr " $vc_source" - printerr - fi - return $vc_status -} - -# Usage: -# require_m4macro filename.m4 -# adds filename.m4 to the list of required macros -require_m4macro() { - case "$REQUIRED_M4MACROS" in - $1\ * | *\ $1\ * | *\ $1) ;; - *) REQUIRED_M4MACROS="$REQUIRED_M4MACROS $1" ;; - esac -} - -forbid_m4macro() { - case "$FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS" in - $1\ * | *\ $1\ * | *\ $1) ;; - *) FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS="$FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS $1" ;; - esac -} - -# Usage: -# add_to_cm_macrodirs dirname -# Adds the dir to $cm_macrodirs, if it's not there yet. -add_to_cm_macrodirs() { - case $cm_macrodirs in - "$1 "* | *" $1 "* | *" $1") ;; - *) cm_macrodirs="$cm_macrodirs $1";; - esac -} - -# Usage: -# check_m4macros -# Checks that all the requested macro files are in the aclocal macro path -# Uses REQUIRED_M4MACROS and ACLOCAL variables. -check_m4macros() { - # construct list of macro directories - cm_macrodirs=`$ACLOCAL --print-ac-dir` - # aclocal also searches a version specific dir, eg. /usr/share/aclocal-1.9 - # but it contains only Automake's own macros, so we can ignore it. - - # Read the dirlist file, supported by Automake >= 1.7. - if compare_versions 1.7 $AUTOMAKE_VERSION && [ -s $cm_macrodirs/dirlist ]; then - cm_dirlist=`sed 's/[ ]*#.*//;/^$/d' $cm_macrodirs/dirlist` - if [ -n "$cm_dirlist" ] ; then - for cm_dir in $cm_dirlist; do - if [ -d $cm_dir ]; then - add_to_cm_macrodirs $cm_dir - fi - done - fi - fi - - # Parse $ACLOCAL_FLAGS - set - $ACLOCAL_FLAGS - while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do - if [ "$1" = "-I" ]; then - add_to_cm_macrodirs "$2" - shift - fi - shift - done - - cm_status=0 - if [ -n "$REQUIRED_M4MACROS" ]; then - printbold "Checking for required M4 macros..." - # check that each macro file is in one of the macro dirs - for cm_macro in $REQUIRED_M4MACROS; do - cm_macrofound=false - for cm_dir in $cm_macrodirs; do - if [ -f "$cm_dir/$cm_macro" ]; then - cm_macrofound=true - break - fi - # The macro dir in Cygwin environments may contain a file - # called dirlist containing other directories to look in. - if [ -f "$cm_dir/dirlist" ]; then - for cm_otherdir in `cat $cm_dir/dirlist`; do - if [ -f "$cm_otherdir/$cm_macro" ]; then - cm_macrofound=true - break - fi - done - fi - done - if $cm_macrofound; then - : - else - printerr " $cm_macro not found" - cm_status=1 - fi - done - fi - if [ -n "$FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS" ]; then - printbold "Checking for forbidden M4 macros..." - # check that each macro file is in one of the macro dirs - for cm_macro in $FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS; do - cm_macrofound=false - for cm_dir in $cm_macrodirs; do - if [ -f "$cm_dir/$cm_macro" ]; then - cm_macrofound=true - break - fi - done - if $cm_macrofound; then - printerr " $cm_macro found (should be cleared from macros dir)" - cm_status=1 - fi - done - fi - if [ "$cm_status" != 0 ]; then - printerr "***Error***: some autoconf macros required to build $PKG_NAME" - printerr " were not found in your aclocal path, or some forbidden" - printerr " macros were found. Perhaps you need to adjust your" - printerr " ACLOCAL_FLAGS?" - printerr - fi - return $cm_status -} - -# try to catch the case where the macros2/ directory hasn't been cleared out. -forbid_m4macro gnome-cxx-check.m4 - -want_libtool=false -want_gettext=false -want_glib_gettext=false -want_intltool=false -want_pkg_config=false -want_gtk_doc=false -want_gnome_doc_utils=false - -configure_files="`find $srcdir -name '{arch}' -prune -o -name configure.ac -print -o -name configure.in -print`" -for configure_ac in $configure_files; do - if grep "^A[CM]_PROG_LIBTOOL" $configure_ac >/dev/null || - grep "^LT_INIT" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_libtool=true - fi - if grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_gettext=true - fi - if grep "^AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_glib_gettext=true - fi - if grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" $configure_ac >/dev/null || - grep "^IT_PROG_INTLTOOL" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_intltool=true - fi - if grep "^PKG_CHECK_MODULES" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_pkg_config=true - fi - if grep "^GTK_DOC_CHECK" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_gtk_doc=true - fi - if grep "^GNOME_DOC_INIT" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_gnome_doc_utils=true - fi - - # check to make sure gnome-common macros can be found ... - if grep "^GNOME_COMMON_INIT" $configure_ac >/dev/null || - grep "^GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK" $configure_ac >/dev/null || - grep "^GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - require_m4macro gnome-common.m4 - fi - if grep "^GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS" $configure_ac >/dev/null || - grep "^GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - require_m4macro gnome-compiler-flags.m4 - fi -done - -DIE=0 - -#tell Mandrake autoconf wrapper we want autoconf 2.5x, not 2.13 -WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5=1 -export WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5 -version_check autoconf AUTOCONF 'autoconf2.50 autoconf autoconf-2.53' $REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-$REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 -AUTOHEADER=`echo $AUTOCONF | sed s/autoconf/autoheader/` - -case $REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION in - 1.4*) automake_progs="automake-1.4" ;; - 1.5*) automake_progs="automake-1.5 automake-1.6 automake-1.7 automake-1.8 automake-1.9" ;; - 1.6*) automake_progs="automake-1.6 automake-1.7 automake-1.8 automake-1.9" ;; - 1.7*) automake_progs="automake-1.7 automake-1.8 automake-1.9" ;; - 1.8*) automake_progs="automake-1.8 automake-1.9" ;; - 1.9*) automake_progs="automake-1.9" ;; -esac -version_check automake AUTOMAKE "$automake_progs" $REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake/automake-$REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 -ACLOCAL=`echo $AUTOMAKE | sed s/automake/aclocal/` - -if $want_libtool; then - version_check libtool LIBTOOLIZE libtoolize $REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/libtool/libtool-$REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro libtool.m4 -fi - -if $want_gettext; then - version_check gettext GETTEXTIZE gettextize $REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-$REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro gettext.m4 -fi - -if $want_glib_gettext; then - version_check glib-gettext GLIB_GETTEXTIZE glib-gettextize $REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION \ - "ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v2.2/glib-$REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro glib-gettext.m4 -fi - -if $want_intltool; then - version_check intltool INTLTOOLIZE intltoolize $REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/intltool/" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro intltool.m4 -fi - -if $want_pkg_config; then - version_check pkg-config PKG_CONFIG pkg-config $REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION \ - "'http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/releases/pkgconfig-$REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro pkg.m4 -fi - -if $want_gtk_doc; then - version_check gtk-doc GTKDOCIZE gtkdocize $REQUIRED_GTK_DOC_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/gtk-doc/" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro gtk-doc.m4 -fi - -if $want_gnome_doc_utils; then - version_check gnome-doc-utils GNOME_DOC_PREPARE gnome-doc-prepare $REQUIRED_GNOME_DOC_UTILS_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/gnome-doc-utils/" || DIE=1 -fi - -if [ "x$USE_COMMON_DOC_BUILD" = "xyes" ]; then - version_check gnome-common DOC_COMMON gnome-doc-common \ - $REQUIRED_DOC_COMMON_VERSION " " || DIE=1 -fi - -check_m4macros || DIE=1 - -if [ "$DIE" -eq 1 ]; then - exit 1 -fi - -if [ "$#" = 0 ]; then - printerr "**Warning**: I am going to run \`configure' with no arguments." - printerr "If you wish to pass any to it, please specify them on the" - printerr \`$0\'" command line." - printerr -fi - -topdir=`pwd` -for configure_ac in $configure_files; do - dirname=`dirname $configure_ac` - basename=`basename $configure_ac` - if [ -f $dirname/NO-AUTO-GEN ]; then - echo skipping $dirname -- flagged as no auto-gen - elif [ ! -w $dirname ]; then - echo skipping $dirname -- directory is read only - else - printbold "Processing $configure_ac" - cd $dirname - - # Note that the order these tools are called should match what - # autoconf's "autoupdate" package does. See bug 138584 for - # details. - - # programs that might install new macros get run before aclocal - if grep "^A[CM]_PROG_LIBTOOL" $basename >/dev/null || - grep "^LT_INIT" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $LIBTOOLIZE..." - $LIBTOOLIZE --force --copy || exit 1 - fi - - if grep "^AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $GLIB_GETTEXTIZE... Ignore non-fatal messages." - echo "no" | $GLIB_GETTEXTIZE --force --copy || exit 1 - elif grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" $basename >/dev/null; then - if grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION" $basename > /dev/null; then - printbold "Running autopoint..." - autopoint --force || exit 1 - else - printbold "Running $GETTEXTIZE... Ignore non-fatal messages." - echo "no" | $GETTEXTIZE --force --copy || exit 1 - fi - fi - - if grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" $basename >/dev/null || - grep "^IT_PROG_INTLTOOL" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $INTLTOOLIZE..." - $INTLTOOLIZE --force --copy --automake || exit 1 - fi - if grep "^GTK_DOC_CHECK" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $GTKDOCIZE..." - $GTKDOCIZE --copy || exit 1 - fi - - if [ "x$USE_COMMON_DOC_BUILD" = "xyes" ]; then - printbold "Running gnome-doc-common..." - gnome-doc-common --copy || exit 1 - fi - if grep "^GNOME_DOC_INIT" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $GNOME_DOC_PREPARE..." - $GNOME_DOC_PREPARE --force --copy || exit 1 - fi - - # Now run aclocal to pull in any additional macros needed - - # if the AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR() macro is used, pass that - # directory to aclocal. - m4dir=`cat "$basename" | grep '^AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR' | sed -n -e 's/AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(\([^()]*\))/\1/p' | sed -e 's/^\[\(.*\)\]$/\1/' | sed -e 1q` - if [ -n "$m4dir" ]; then - m4dir="-I $m4dir" - fi - printbold "Running $ACLOCAL..." - $ACLOCAL $m4dir $ACLOCAL_FLAGS || exit 1 - - if grep "GNOME_AUTOGEN_OBSOLETE" aclocal.m4 >/dev/null; then - printerr "*** obsolete gnome macros were used in $configure_ac" - fi - - # Now that all the macros are sorted, run autoconf and autoheader ... - printbold "Running $AUTOCONF..." - $AUTOCONF || exit 1 - if grep "^A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $AUTOHEADER..." - $AUTOHEADER || exit 1 - # this prevents automake from thinking config.h.in is out of - # date, since autoheader doesn't touch the file if it doesn't - # change. - test -f config.h.in && touch config.h.in - fi - - # Finally, run automake to create the makefiles ... - printbold "Running $AUTOMAKE..." - cp -pf COPYING COPYING.autogen_bak - cp -pf INSTALL INSTALL.autogen_bak - if [ $REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION != 1.4 ]; then - $AUTOMAKE --gnu --add-missing --force --copy || exit 1 - else - $AUTOMAKE --gnu --add-missing --copy || exit 1 - fi - cmp COPYING COPYING.autogen_bak || cp -pf COPYING.autogen_bak COPYING - cmp INSTALL INSTALL.autogen_bak || cp -pf INSTALL.autogen_bak INSTALL - rm -f COPYING.autogen_bak INSTALL.autogen_bak - - cd "$topdir" - fi -done - -conf_flags="--enable-maintainer-mode" - -if test x$NOCONFIGURE = x; then - printbold Running $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" ... - $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" \ - && echo Now type \`make\' to compile $PKG_NAME || exit 1 -else - echo Skipping configure process. -fi diff --git a/macros2/gnome-common.m4 b/macros2/gnome-common.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index e4747e9..0000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-common.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -# gnome-common.m4 -# - -dnl GNOME_COMMON_INIT - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMMON_INIT], -[ - dnl this macro should come after AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR - AC_BEFORE([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR], [$0]) - - dnl ensure that when the Automake generated makefile calls aclocal, - dnl it honours the $ACLOCAL_FLAGS environment variable - ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS="\${ACLOCAL_FLAGS}" - if test -n "$ac_macro_dir"; then - ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS="-I $ac_macro_dir $ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS" - fi - - AC_SUBST([ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS]) -]) - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK], -[ - AC_ARG_ENABLE([debug], - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], - [turn on debugging]),, - [enable_debug=no]) - - if test x$enable_debug = xyes ; then - AC_DEFINE(GNOME_ENABLE_DEBUG, 1, - [Enable additional debugging at the expense of performance and size]) - fi -]) - -dnl GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES () -dnl define DISABLE_DEPRECATED -dnl -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES], -[ - AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) - - if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then - DISABLE_DEPRECATED="-DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGNOME_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DPANGO_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DBONOBO_DISABLE_DEPRECATED" - else - DISABLE_DEPRECATED="" - fi - AC_SUBST(DISABLE_DEPRECATED) -]) diff --git a/macros2/gnome-compiler-flags.m4 b/macros2/gnome-compiler-flags.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 7368178..0000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-compiler-flags.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -dnl GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS -dnl Turn on many useful compiler warnings -dnl For now, only works on GCC -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS],[ - dnl ****************************** - dnl More compiler warnings - dnl ****************************** - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(compile-warnings, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-compile-warnings=@<:@no/minimum/yes/maximum/error@:>@], - [Turn on compiler warnings]),, - [enable_compile_warnings="m4_default([$1],[yes])"]) - - warnCFLAGS= - if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then - enable_compile_warnings=no - fi - - warning_flags= - realsave_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - - case "$enable_compile_warnings" in - no) - warning_flags= - ;; - minimum) - warning_flags="-Wall" - ;; - yes) - warning_flags="-Wall -Wmissing-prototypes" - ;; - maximum|error) - warning_flags="-Wall -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs -Wpointer-arith" - CFLAGS="$warning_flags $CFLAGS" - for option in -Wno-sign-compare; do - SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $option" - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether gcc understands $option]) - AC_TRY_COMPILE([], [], - has_option=yes, - has_option=no,) - CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" - AC_MSG_RESULT($has_option) - if test $has_option = yes; then - warning_flags="$warning_flags $option" - fi - unset has_option - unset SAVE_CFLAGS - done - unset option - if test "$enable_compile_warnings" = "error" ; then - warning_flags="$warning_flags -Werror" - fi - ;; - *) - AC_MSG_ERROR(Unknown argument '$enable_compile_warnings' to --enable-compile-warnings) - ;; - esac - CFLAGS="$realsave_CFLAGS" - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C compiler) - AC_MSG_RESULT($warning_flags) - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-c, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-iso-c], - [Try to warn if code is not ISO C ]),, - [enable_iso_c=no]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler) - complCFLAGS= - if test "x$enable_iso_c" != "xno"; then - if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then - case " $CFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -ansi" ;; - esac - case " $CFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -pedantic" ;; - esac - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT($complCFLAGS) - - WARN_CFLAGS="$warning_flags $complCFLAGS" - AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS) -]) - -dnl For C++, do basically the same thing. - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS],[ - AC_ARG_ENABLE(cxx-warnings, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-cxx-warnings=@<:@no/minimum/yes@:>@] - [Turn on compiler warnings.]),, - [enable_cxx_warnings="m4_default([$1],[minimum])"]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C++ compiler) - warnCXXFLAGS= - if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then - enable_compile_warnings=no - fi - if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" != "xno"; then - if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then - case " $CXXFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-Wall[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) warnCXXFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-unused" ;; - esac - - ## -W is not all that useful. And it cannot be controlled - ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall - if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" = "xyes"; then - warnCXXFLAGS="$warnCXXFLAGS -Wshadow -Woverloaded-virtual" - fi - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCXXFLAGS) - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-cxx, - AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-iso-cxx], - [Try to warn if code is not ISO C++ ]),, - [enable_iso_cxx=no]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C++ compiler) - complCXXFLAGS= - if test "x$enable_iso_cxx" != "xno"; then - if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then - case " $CXXFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -ansi" ;; - esac - - case " $CXXFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -pedantic" ;; - esac - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT($complCXXFLAGS) - - WARN_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS $warnCXXFLAGS $complCXXFLAGS" - AC_SUBST(WARN_CXXFLAGS) -]) -- cgit v1.2.1